2011-06-22 Pedro Alves <pedro@codesourcery.com>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
24 #include <ctype.h>
25 #include "hashtab.h"
26 #include "symtab.h"
27 #include "frame.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
30 #include "gdbtypes.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
32 #include "gdbcore.h"
33 #include "gdbcmd.h"
34 #include "value.h"
35 #include "command.h"
36 #include "inferior.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "target.h"
39 #include "language.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
41 #include "demangle.h"
42 #include "filenames.h"
43 #include "annotate.h"
44 #include "symfile.h"
45 #include "objfiles.h"
46 #include "source.h"
47 #include "linespec.h"
48 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "gdb.h"
50 #include "ui-out.h"
51 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "gdb_assert.h"
53 #include "block.h"
54 #include "solib.h"
55 #include "solist.h"
56 #include "observer.h"
57 #include "exceptions.h"
58 #include "memattr.h"
59 #include "ada-lang.h"
60 #include "top.h"
61 #include "wrapper.h"
62 #include "valprint.h"
63 #include "jit.h"
64 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
67 #include "continuations.h"
68
69 /* readline include files */
70 #include "readline/readline.h"
71 #include "readline/history.h"
72
73 /* readline defines this. */
74 #undef savestring
75
76 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
77 #include "python/python.h"
78
79 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
80 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
81 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
82
83 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
84
85 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90
91 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92
93 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
94 void *),
95 void *);
96
97 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
98
99 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
100
101 static void clear_command (char *, int);
102
103 static void catch_command (char *, int);
104
105 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
106
107 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108
109 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
110
111 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
112 static. */
113 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
114 struct symtab_and_line,
115 enum bptype);
116
117 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
118
119 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
120 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
121 enum bptype bptype);
122
123 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
124 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
125 struct obj_section *, int);
126
127 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
128 CORE_ADDR addr1,
129 struct address_space *aspace2,
130 CORE_ADDR addr2);
131
132 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
133 struct bp_location *loc2);
134
135 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
136 struct address_space *aspace,
137 CORE_ADDR addr);
138
139 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
140
141 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
142
143 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
144 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
145
146 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
147
148 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
149
150 static void commands_command (char *, int);
151
152 static void condition_command (char *, int);
153
154 typedef enum
155 {
156 mark_inserted,
157 mark_uninserted
158 }
159 insertion_state_t;
160
161 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
162 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
163
164 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
165
166 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
167
168 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
169
170 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
171
172 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
173
174 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
175
176 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
177
178 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
179
180 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
181
182 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
183
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
185
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
187
188 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
189
190 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
191 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
192
193 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
194
195 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
196
197 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
198 CORE_ADDR pc);
199
200 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
201 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
202 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
203
204 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
205
206 static void update_global_location_list (int);
207
208 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
209
210 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
211
212 static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
213
214 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
215
216 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
217
218 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
219
220 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
221
222 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
223
224 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
225
226 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
227
228 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
229
230 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
231 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
232 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
233 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
234
235 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
236 breakpoints share a single command list. */
237 struct counted_command_line
238 {
239 /* The reference count. */
240 int refc;
241
242 /* The command list. */
243 struct command_line *commands;
244 };
245
246 struct command_line *
247 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
248 {
249 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
250 }
251
252 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
253 current breakpoint. */
254
255 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
256
257 const char *
258 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
259 {
260 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
261 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
262 a breakpoint. */
263 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
264
265 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
266 }
267
268 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
269 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
270 if such is available. */
271 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
272
273 static void
274 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
275 struct cmd_list_element *c,
276 const char *value)
277 {
278 fprintf_filtered (file,
279 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
280 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
281 value);
282 }
283
284 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
285 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
286 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
287 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
288 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
289 static void
290 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
291 struct cmd_list_element *c,
292 const char *value)
293 {
294 fprintf_filtered (file,
295 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
296 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
297 value);
298 }
299
300 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
301 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
302 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
303 use hardware breakpoints. */
304 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
305 static void
306 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
307 struct cmd_list_element *c,
308 const char *value)
309 {
310 fprintf_filtered (file,
311 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
312 value);
313 }
314
315 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
316 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
317 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
318 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
319 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
320
321 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
322 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
323 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
324 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
325 always_inserted_auto,
326 always_inserted_off,
327 always_inserted_on,
328 NULL
329 };
330 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
331 static void
332 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
333 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
334 {
335 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
336 fprintf_filtered (file,
337 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
338 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
339 value,
340 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
341 else
342 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
343 value);
344 }
345
346 int
347 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
348 {
349 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
350 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
351 }
352
353 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
354
355 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
356 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
357
358 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
359 static int overlay_events_enabled;
360
361 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
362 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
363
364 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the
366 current breakpoint. */
367
368 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
369
370 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
371 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
372 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
373 B = TMP)
374
375 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
376 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
377 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
378
379 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
380 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
381 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
382 BP_TMP++)
383
384 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
385
386 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
387 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
388 if (is_tracepoint (B))
389
390 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
391
392 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
393
394 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
395
396 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
397
398 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
399
400 static unsigned bp_location_count;
401
402 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
403 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
404 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
405 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
406 an address you need to read. */
407
408 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
409
410 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
411 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
412 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
413 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
414 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
415
416 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
417
418 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
419 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
420 by a target. */
421 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
422
423 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
424
425 static int breakpoint_count;
426
427 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
428 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
429 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
430 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
431 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
432
433 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
434
435 static int tracepoint_count;
436
437 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
438 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
439 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
440
441 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
442 static int
443 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
444 {
445 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
446 }
447
448 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
449
450 static void
451 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
452 {
453 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
454 breakpoint_count = num;
455 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
456 }
457
458 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
459 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
460 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
461
462 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
463 breakpoint made. */
464
465 void
466 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
467 {
468 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
469 }
470
471 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
472 breakpoint made. */
473
474 void
475 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
476 {
477 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
478 }
479
480 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
481
482 void
483 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
484 {
485 struct breakpoint *b;
486
487 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
488 b->hit_count = 0;
489 }
490
491 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
492 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
493
494 static struct counted_command_line *
495 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
496 {
497 struct counted_command_line *result
498 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
499
500 result->refc = 1;
501 result->commands = commands;
502 return result;
503 }
504
505 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
506
507 static void
508 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
509 {
510 if (cmd)
511 ++cmd->refc;
512 }
513
514 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
515 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
516 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
517
518 static void
519 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
520 {
521 if (*cmdp)
522 {
523 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
524 {
525 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
526 xfree (*cmdp);
527 }
528 *cmdp = NULL;
529 }
530 }
531
532 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
533
534 static void
535 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
536 {
537 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
538 }
539
540 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
541 argument. */
542
543 static struct cleanup *
544 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
545 {
546 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
547 }
548
549 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
550 for "break" command with no arg.
551 If default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
552 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
553
554 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
555
556 int default_breakpoint_valid;
557 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
558 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
559 int default_breakpoint_line;
560 struct program_space *default_breakpoint_pspace;
561
562 \f
563 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
564 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
565
566 struct breakpoint *
567 get_breakpoint (int num)
568 {
569 struct breakpoint *b;
570
571 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
572 if (b->number == num)
573 return b;
574
575 return NULL;
576 }
577
578 \f
579
580 void
581 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
582 int from_tty)
583 {
584 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
585
586 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
587 {
588 xfree (loc->cond);
589 loc->cond = NULL;
590 }
591 xfree (b->cond_string);
592 b->cond_string = NULL;
593 xfree (b->cond_exp);
594 b->cond_exp = NULL;
595
596 if (*exp == 0)
597 {
598 if (from_tty)
599 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
600 }
601 else
602 {
603 char *arg = exp;
604
605 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
606 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
607 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
608 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
609
610 if (is_watchpoint (b))
611 {
612 innermost_block = NULL;
613 arg = exp;
614 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
615 if (*arg)
616 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
617 b->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
618 }
619 else
620 {
621 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
622 {
623 arg = exp;
624 loc->cond =
625 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
626 if (*arg)
627 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
628 }
629 }
630 }
631 breakpoints_changed ();
632 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
633 }
634
635 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
636
637 static void
638 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
639 {
640 struct breakpoint *b;
641 char *p;
642 int bnum;
643
644 if (arg == 0)
645 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
646
647 p = arg;
648 bnum = get_number (&p);
649 if (bnum == 0)
650 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
651
652 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
653 if (b->number == bnum)
654 {
655 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
656 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
657 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
658 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
659 if (b->py_bp_object
660 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
661 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
662 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
663 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
664 return;
665 }
666
667 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
668 }
669
670 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
671 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
672 Throw if any such commands is found. */
673
674 static void
675 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
676 {
677 struct command_line *c;
678
679 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
680 {
681 int i;
682
683 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
684 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
685 "only be used for tracepoints"));
686
687 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
688 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
689
690 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
691 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
692 command directly. */
693 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
694 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
695
696 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
697 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
698 }
699 }
700
701 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
702
703 int
704 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
705 {
706 return (b->type == bp_tracepoint
707 || b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
708 || b->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
709 }
710
711 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a
712 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
713 found. */
714
715 static void
716 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
717 struct command_line *commands)
718 {
719 if (is_tracepoint (b))
720 {
721 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
722 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
723 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
724 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
725 struct command_line *c;
726 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
727 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
728 {
729 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
730 {
731 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
732 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
733 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
734 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
735 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
736 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
737
738 if (while_stepping)
739 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
740 "can be used only once"));
741 else
742 while_stepping = c;
743 }
744 }
745 if (while_stepping)
746 {
747 struct command_line *c2;
748
749 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
750 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
751 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
752 {
753 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
754 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
755 }
756 }
757 }
758 else
759 {
760 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
761 }
762 }
763
764 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
765 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
766
767 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
768 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
769 {
770 struct breakpoint *b;
771 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
772 struct bp_location *loc;
773
774 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
775 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
776 {
777 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
778 if (loc->address == addr)
779 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
780 }
781
782 return found;
783 }
784
785 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
786 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
787
788 void
789 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
790 struct command_line *commands)
791 {
792 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
793
794 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
795 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
796 breakpoints_changed ();
797 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
798 }
799
800 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
801 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
802 commands. */
803
804 void
805 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
806 {
807 int old_silent = b->silent;
808
809 b->silent = silent;
810 if (old_silent != silent)
811 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
812 }
813
814 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
815 breakpoint work for any thread. */
816
817 void
818 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
819 {
820 int old_thread = b->thread;
821
822 b->thread = thread;
823 if (old_thread != thread)
824 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
825 }
826
827 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
828 breakpoint work for any task. */
829
830 void
831 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
832 {
833 int old_task = b->task;
834
835 b->task = task;
836 if (old_task != task)
837 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
838 }
839
840 void
841 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
842 {
843 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
844
845 validate_actionline (&line, b);
846 }
847
848 /* A structure used to pass information through
849 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
850
851 struct commands_info
852 {
853 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
854 int from_tty;
855
856 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
857 char *arg;
858
859 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
860 already-parsed command. */
861 struct command_line *control;
862
863 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
864 yet been read. */
865 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
866 };
867
868 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
869 commands_command. */
870
871 static void
872 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
873 {
874 struct commands_info *info = data;
875
876 if (info->cmd == NULL)
877 {
878 struct command_line *l;
879
880 if (info->control != NULL)
881 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
882 else
883 {
884 struct cleanup *old_chain;
885 char *str;
886
887 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
888 "%s, one per line."),
889 info->arg);
890
891 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
892
893 l = read_command_lines (str,
894 info->from_tty, 1,
895 (is_tracepoint (b)
896 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
897 b);
898
899 do_cleanups (old_chain);
900 }
901
902 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
903 }
904
905 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
906 do anything. */
907 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
908 {
909 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
910 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
911 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
912 b->commands = info->cmd;
913 breakpoints_changed ();
914 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
915 }
916 }
917
918 static void
919 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
920 struct command_line *control)
921 {
922 struct cleanup *cleanups;
923 struct commands_info info;
924
925 info.from_tty = from_tty;
926 info.control = control;
927 info.cmd = NULL;
928 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
929 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
930 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
931
932 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
933 {
934 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
935 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
936 breakpoint_count);
937 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
938 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
939 else
940 {
941 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
942 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
943 numbers will fail in this case. */
944 arg = NULL;
945 }
946 }
947 else
948 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
949 our argument. */
950 arg = xstrdup (arg);
951
952 if (arg != NULL)
953 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
954
955 info.arg = arg;
956
957 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
958
959 if (info.cmd == NULL)
960 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
961
962 do_cleanups (cleanups);
963 }
964
965 static void
966 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
967 {
968 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
969 }
970
971 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
972 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
973
974 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
975 that are part of if and while bodies. */
976 enum command_control_type
977 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
978 {
979 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
980 return simple_control;
981 }
982
983 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
984
985 static int
986 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
987 {
988 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
989 return 0;
990 if (!bl->inserted)
991 return 0;
992 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
993 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
994 return 0;
995 return 1;
996 }
997
998 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
999 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1000
1001 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1002 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1003 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1004 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1005 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1006 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1007 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1008 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1009 and:
1010 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1011
1012 void
1013 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1014 {
1015 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1016 search. */
1017 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1018
1019 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1020 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1021 report higher one. */
1022
1023 bc_l = 0;
1024 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1025 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1026 {
1027 struct bp_location *bl;
1028
1029 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1030 bl = bp_location[bc];
1031
1032 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1033 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1034 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1035 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1036
1037 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1038 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1039 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1040
1041 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1042 >= bl->address)
1043 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1044 <= memaddr))
1045 bc_l = bc;
1046 else
1047 bc_r = bc;
1048 }
1049
1050 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1051 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1052 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1053 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1054 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1055 B:
1056
1057 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1058
1059 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1060 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1061 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1062 and L2. */
1063 while (bc_l > 0
1064 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1065 bc_l--;
1066
1067 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1068
1069 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1070 {
1071 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1072 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1073 int bp_size = 0;
1074 int bptoffset = 0;
1075
1076 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1077 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1078 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1079 bl->owner->number);
1080
1081 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
1082 content. */
1083
1084 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1085 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1086 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1087 break;
1088
1089 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1090 continue;
1091 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1092 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1093 continue;
1094
1095 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1096 we need to copy. */
1097 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1098 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1099
1100 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1101 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1102 are reading. */
1103 continue;
1104
1105 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1106 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1107 reading. */
1108 continue;
1109
1110 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1111 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1112 {
1113 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1114 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1115 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1116 bp_addr = memaddr;
1117 }
1118
1119 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1120 {
1121 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1122 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1123 }
1124
1125 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1126 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1127 }
1128 }
1129 \f
1130
1131 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1132
1133 static int
1134 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1135 {
1136 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1137 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1138 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1139 }
1140
1141 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1142 software. */
1143
1144 static int
1145 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1146 {
1147 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1148 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1149 }
1150
1151 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
1152 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
1153 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1154 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1155 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1156 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1157 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1158 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1159 running. */
1160
1161 static int
1162 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint *b)
1163 {
1164 return (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1165 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1166 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)));
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1170 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1171
1172 static void
1173 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct breakpoint *b)
1174 {
1175 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b));
1176
1177 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1178 {
1179 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1180 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1181 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1182 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1183 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1184 }
1185 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1186 }
1187
1188 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1189 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1190 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1191 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1192 in b->loc->cond.
1193 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1194
1195 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1196 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1197 it.
1198
1199 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1200 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1201 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1202 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1203 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1204 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1205 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1206 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1207
1208 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1209 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1210 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1211 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1212 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1213 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1214 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1215 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1216 not changed.
1217
1218 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1219 hardware watchpoints:
1220
1221 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1222 called several times when GDB stops.
1223
1224 [linux]
1225 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1226 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1227 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1228 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1229 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1230 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1231 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1232 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1233 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1234 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1235 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1236
1237 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1238 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1239
1240 static void
1241 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
1242 {
1243 int within_current_scope;
1244 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1245 int frame_saved;
1246
1247 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b));
1248
1249 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1250 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1251 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1252 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1253 return;
1254
1255 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1256 return;
1257
1258 frame_saved = 0;
1259
1260 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1261 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1262 within_current_scope = 1;
1263 else
1264 {
1265 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1266 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1267 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1268
1269 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1270 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1271 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1272 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1273 return;
1274
1275 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1276 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1277 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1278 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1279 selected frame. */
1280 frame_saved = 1;
1281 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1282
1283 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1284 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1285 if (within_current_scope)
1286 select_frame (fi);
1287 }
1288
1289 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1290 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1291 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1292 b->loc = NULL;
1293
1294 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1295 {
1296 char *s;
1297
1298 if (b->exp)
1299 {
1300 xfree (b->exp);
1301 b->exp = NULL;
1302 }
1303 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1304 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1305 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1306 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1307 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1308 be completely different objects. */
1309 value_free (b->val);
1310 b->val = NULL;
1311 b->val_valid = 0;
1312
1313 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1314 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1315 locations (re)created below. */
1316 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1317 {
1318 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1319 {
1320 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1321 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1322 }
1323
1324 s = b->cond_string;
1325 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1326 }
1327 }
1328
1329 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1330 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1331 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1332 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1333 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1334 if ( !target_has_execution)
1335 {
1336 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1337 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1338 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1339 }
1340 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1341 {
1342 int pc = 0;
1343 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1344 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1345
1346 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1347
1348 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1349 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1350 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1351 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1352 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1353 watchpoints. */
1354 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (b))
1355 {
1356 b->val = v;
1357 b->val_valid = 1;
1358 }
1359
1360 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1361
1362 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1363 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1364 {
1365 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1366 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1367 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1368 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1369 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1370 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1371 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1372 {
1373 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1374
1375 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1376 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1377 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1378 if (v == result
1379 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1380 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1381 {
1382 CORE_ADDR addr;
1383 int len, type;
1384 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1385
1386 addr = value_address (v);
1387 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1388 type = hw_write;
1389 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1390 type = hw_read;
1391 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1392 type = hw_access;
1393
1394 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1395 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1396 ;
1397 *tmp = loc;
1398 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1399
1400 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1401 loc->address = addr;
1402 loc->length = len;
1403 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1404 }
1405 }
1406 }
1407
1408 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1409 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1410 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1411 is started. */
1412 if (reparse)
1413 {
1414 int reg_cnt;
1415 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1416 struct bp_location *bl;
1417
1418 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1419
1420 if (reg_cnt)
1421 {
1422 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1423
1424 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1425 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1426 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1427
1428 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1429 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1430 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1431 this watchpoint in as well. To guarantee the
1432 hw_watchpoint_used_count call below counts this
1433 watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a hardware
1434 watchpoint. */
1435 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
1436 b->type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1437
1438 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (b->type, &other_type_used);
1439 target_resources_ok = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1440 (b->type, i, other_type_used);
1441 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1442 {
1443 /* If there's no works_in_software_mode method, we
1444 assume that the watchpoint works in software mode. */
1445 int sw_mode = (!b->ops || !b->ops->works_in_software_mode
1446 || b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b));
1447
1448 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1449 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1450 "hardware watchpoint."));
1451 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1452 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1453 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1454 else
1455 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1456 }
1457 }
1458 else if (b->ops && b->ops->works_in_software_mode
1459 && !b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1460 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1461 "read/access watchpoint."));
1462 else
1463 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1464
1465 loc_type = (b->type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1466 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1467 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1468 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1469 }
1470
1471 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1472 {
1473 next = value_next (v);
1474 if (v != b->val)
1475 value_free (v);
1476 }
1477
1478 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1479 above left it without any location set up. But,
1480 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1481 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1482 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL)
1483 {
1484 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1485 b->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1486 b->loc->address = -1;
1487 b->loc->length = -1;
1488 b->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1489 }
1490 }
1491 else if (!within_current_scope)
1492 {
1493 printf_filtered (_("\
1494 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1495 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1496 b->number);
1497 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1498 }
1499
1500 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1501 if (frame_saved)
1502 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1503 }
1504
1505
1506 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1507 inserted in the inferior. */
1508 static int
1509 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1510 {
1511 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1512 return 0;
1513
1514 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1515 return 0;
1516
1517 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1518 return 0;
1519
1520 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1521 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1522 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1523 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1524 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1525 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1526 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1527 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1528 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1529 return 0;
1530
1531 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1532 not by us. */
1533 if (is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
1534 return 0;
1535
1536 return 1;
1537 }
1538
1539 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1540 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1541 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1542
1543 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1544 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1545 static int
1546 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1547 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1548 int *disabled_breaks,
1549 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1550 {
1551 int val = 0;
1552
1553 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1554 return 0;
1555
1556 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1557 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1558 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1559 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1560 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1561
1562 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1563 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1564 {
1565 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1566 {
1567 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1568 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1569 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1570
1571 Two important cases are:
1572 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1573 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1574 hardware breakpoint.
1575 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1576 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1577 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1578 so we undo.
1579
1580 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1581 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1582 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1583 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1584 gdb. */
1585 struct mem_region *mr
1586 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1587
1588 if (mr)
1589 {
1590 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1591 {
1592 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1593
1594 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1595 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1596 else
1597 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1598
1599 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1600 {
1601 static int said = 0;
1602
1603 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1604 if (!said)
1605 {
1606 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1607 _("Note: automatically using "
1608 "hardware breakpoints for "
1609 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1610 said = 1;
1611 }
1612 }
1613 }
1614 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1615 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1616 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1617 "at readonly address %s"),
1618 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1619 }
1620 }
1621
1622 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1623 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1624 || bl->section == NULL
1625 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1626 {
1627 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1628
1629 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1630 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1631 &bl->target_info);
1632 else
1633 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1634 &bl->target_info);
1635 }
1636 else
1637 {
1638 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1639 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1640 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1641 {
1642 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1643 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1644 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1645 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1646 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1647 bl->owner->number);
1648 else
1649 {
1650 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1651 bl->section);
1652 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1653 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1654 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1655 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1656 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1657 if (val != 0)
1658 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1659 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1660 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1661 bl->owner->number);
1662 }
1663 }
1664 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1665 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1666 {
1667 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1668 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1669 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1670 &bl->target_info);
1671 else
1672 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1673 &bl->target_info);
1674 }
1675 else
1676 {
1677 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1678 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1679 return 0;
1680 }
1681 }
1682
1683 if (val)
1684 {
1685 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1686 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1687 {
1688 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1689 val = 0;
1690 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1691 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1692 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1693 {
1694 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1695 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1696 bl->owner->number);
1697 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1698 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1699 "library breakpoints:\n");
1700 }
1701 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1702 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1703 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1704 }
1705 else
1706 {
1707 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1708 {
1709 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1710 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1711 "Cannot insert hardware "
1712 "breakpoint %d.\n",
1713 bl->owner->number);
1714 }
1715 else
1716 {
1717 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1718 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1719 bl->owner->number);
1720 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1721 "Error accessing memory address ");
1722 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1723 tmp_error_stream);
1724 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1725 safe_strerror (val));
1726 }
1727
1728 }
1729 }
1730 else
1731 bl->inserted = 1;
1732
1733 return val;
1734 }
1735
1736 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1737 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1738 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1739 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1740 {
1741 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1742 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1743
1744 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1745
1746 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1747 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1748 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1749 {
1750 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1751
1752 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1753 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1754 of this one. */
1755 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1756 if (loc != bl
1757 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1758 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1759 {
1760 bl->duplicate = 1;
1761 bl->inserted = 1;
1762 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1763 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1764 val = 0;
1765 break;
1766 }
1767
1768 if (val == 1)
1769 {
1770 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1771 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1772
1773 if (val)
1774 /* Back to the original value. */
1775 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1776 }
1777 }
1778
1779 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1780 }
1781
1782 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1783 {
1784 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1785 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1786
1787 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1788 if (val)
1789 {
1790 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1791
1792 if (val == 1)
1793 warning (_("\
1794 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1795 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1796 else
1797 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1798 }
1799
1800 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1801
1802 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1803 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1804 so just return success. */
1805 return 0;
1806 }
1807
1808 return 0;
1809 }
1810
1811 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1812 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1813 PSPACE anymore. */
1814
1815 void
1816 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1817 {
1818 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1819 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1820
1821 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1823 {
1824 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1825 delete_breakpoint (b);
1826 }
1827
1828 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1829 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1830 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1831 {
1832 struct bp_location *tmp;
1833
1834 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1835 {
1836 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1837 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1838 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1839 else
1840 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1841 if (tmp->next == loc)
1842 {
1843 tmp->next = loc->next;
1844 break;
1845 }
1846 }
1847 }
1848
1849 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1850 removed locations above. */
1851 update_global_location_list (0);
1852 }
1853
1854 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1855 Throws exception on any error.
1856 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1857 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1858 void
1859 insert_breakpoints (void)
1860 {
1861 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1862
1863 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1864 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1865 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1866
1867 update_global_location_list (1);
1868
1869 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1870 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1871 now. */
1872 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1873 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1874 }
1875
1876 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1877 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1878 Both return zero if successful,
1879 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1880
1881 static void
1882 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1883 {
1884 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1885 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1886 int error = 0;
1887 int val = 0;
1888 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1889 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1890
1891 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1892 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1893
1894 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1895 there was an error. */
1896 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1897
1898 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1899
1900 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1901 {
1902 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1903 continue;
1904
1905 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1906 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1907 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1908 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
1909 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
1910 continue;
1911
1912 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
1913
1914 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1915 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1916 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1917 insert breakpoints. */
1918 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
1919 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
1920 continue;
1921
1922 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
1923 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1924 if (val)
1925 error = val;
1926 }
1927
1928 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
1929 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1931 {
1932 int some_failed = 0;
1933 struct bp_location *loc;
1934
1935 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1936 continue;
1937
1938 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1939 continue;
1940
1941 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1942 continue;
1943
1944 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1945 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
1946 {
1947 some_failed = 1;
1948 break;
1949 }
1950 if (some_failed)
1951 {
1952 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1953 if (loc->inserted)
1954 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1955
1956 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1957 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1958 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1959 bpt->number);
1960 error = -1;
1961 }
1962 }
1963
1964 if (error)
1965 {
1966 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1967 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1968 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1969 {
1970 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1971 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1972 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1973 }
1974 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1975 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1976 }
1977
1978 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1979 }
1980
1981 int
1982 remove_breakpoints (void)
1983 {
1984 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1985 int val = 0;
1986
1987 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1988 {
1989 if (bl->inserted)
1990 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
1991 }
1992 return val;
1993 }
1994
1995 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1996
1997 int
1998 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
1999 {
2000 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2001 int val;
2002 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2003
2004 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2005 {
2006 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2007 continue;
2008
2009 if (bl->inserted)
2010 {
2011 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2012 if (val != 0)
2013 return val;
2014 }
2015 }
2016 return 0;
2017 }
2018
2019 int
2020 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2021 {
2022 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2023 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2024 int val;
2025 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2026 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2027 struct inferior *inf;
2028 struct thread_info *tp;
2029
2030 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2031 if (tp == NULL)
2032 return 1;
2033
2034 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2035 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2036
2037 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2038
2039 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2040 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2041
2042 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2043 {
2044 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2045 continue;
2046
2047 if (bl->inserted)
2048 {
2049 bl->inserted = 0;
2050 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2051 if (val != 0)
2052 {
2053 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2054 return val;
2055 }
2056 }
2057 }
2058 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2059 return 0;
2060 }
2061
2062 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2063
2064 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2065 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2066 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2067 Otherwis the breakpoint number will be populated from
2068 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2069 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2070 static void
2071 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2072 {
2073 if (internal)
2074 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2075 else
2076 {
2077 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2078 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2079 }
2080 }
2081
2082 static struct breakpoint *
2083 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2084 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
2085 {
2086 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2087 struct breakpoint *b;
2088
2089 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2090
2091 sal.pc = address;
2092 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2093 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2094
2095 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
2096 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2097 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2098
2099 return b;
2100 }
2101
2102 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2103 {
2104 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2105 };
2106 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2107
2108 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2109 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2110 {
2111 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2112 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2113
2114 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2115 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2116
2117 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2118 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2119
2120 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2121 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2122 };
2123
2124 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2125
2126 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2127 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2128
2129 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2130
2131 static int
2132 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2133 {
2134 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2135 }
2136
2137 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2138 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2139
2140 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2141 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2142 {
2143 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2144
2145 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2146 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2147 {
2148 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2149 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2150
2151 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2152 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2153 }
2154 return bp_objfile_data;
2155 }
2156
2157 static void
2158 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2159 {
2160 struct objfile *objfile;
2161 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2162
2163 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2164 {
2165 struct breakpoint *b;
2166 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2167 CORE_ADDR addr;
2168
2169 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2170
2171 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2172 continue;
2173
2174 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2175 {
2176 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2177
2178 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2179 if (m == NULL)
2180 {
2181 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2182 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2183 continue;
2184 }
2185 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2186 }
2187
2188 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2189 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2190 bp_overlay_event);
2191 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2192
2193 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2194 {
2195 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2196 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2197 }
2198 else
2199 {
2200 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2201 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2202 }
2203 }
2204 update_global_location_list (1);
2205 }
2206
2207 static void
2208 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2209 {
2210 struct program_space *pspace;
2211 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2212
2213 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2214
2215 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2216 {
2217 struct objfile *objfile;
2218
2219 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2220
2221 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2222 {
2223 int i;
2224 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2225 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2226
2227 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2228 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2229 continue;
2230
2231 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2232
2233 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2234 {
2235 struct breakpoint *b;
2236 const char *func_name;
2237 CORE_ADDR addr;
2238
2239 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2240 continue;
2241
2242 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2243 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2244 {
2245 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2246
2247 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2248 if (m == NULL)
2249 {
2250 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2251 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2252 continue;
2253 }
2254 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2255 }
2256
2257 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2258 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master);
2259 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2260 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2261 }
2262 }
2263 }
2264 update_global_location_list (1);
2265
2266 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2267 }
2268
2269 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2270 static void
2271 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2272 {
2273 struct program_space *pspace;
2274 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2275 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2276
2277 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2278
2279 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2280 {
2281 struct objfile *objfile;
2282 CORE_ADDR addr;
2283
2284 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2285
2286 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2287 {
2288 struct breakpoint *b;
2289 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2290
2291 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2292
2293 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2294 continue;
2295
2296 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2297 {
2298 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2299
2300 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2301 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2302 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2303 {
2304 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2305 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2306 continue;
2307 }
2308 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2309 }
2310
2311 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2312 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2313 bp_std_terminate_master);
2314 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2315 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2316 }
2317 }
2318
2319 update_global_location_list (1);
2320
2321 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2322 }
2323
2324 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2325
2326 void
2327 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2328 {
2329 struct objfile *objfile;
2330 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2331
2332 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2333 {
2334 struct breakpoint *b;
2335 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2336 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2337 CORE_ADDR addr;
2338
2339 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2340
2341 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2342 continue;
2343
2344 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2345
2346 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2347 {
2348 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2349
2350 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2351 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2352 {
2353 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2354 continue;
2355 }
2356
2357 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2358 }
2359
2360 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2361 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2362 &current_target);
2363 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master);
2364 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2365 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2366 }
2367
2368 update_global_location_list (1);
2369 }
2370
2371 void
2372 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2373 {
2374 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2375 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2376
2377 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2378 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2379 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2380 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2381 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2382 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2383 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2384 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2385 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2386 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2387 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2388
2389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2390 {
2391 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2392 continue;
2393
2394 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2395 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2396 {
2397 delete_breakpoint (b);
2398 continue;
2399 }
2400
2401 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2402 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2403 {
2404 delete_breakpoint (b);
2405 continue;
2406 }
2407
2408 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2409 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2410 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2411 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2412 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2413 {
2414 delete_breakpoint (b);
2415 continue;
2416 }
2417
2418 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2419 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2420 {
2421 delete_breakpoint (b);
2422 continue;
2423 }
2424
2425 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2426 after an exec. */
2427 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2428 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2429 {
2430 delete_breakpoint (b);
2431 continue;
2432 }
2433
2434 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2435 {
2436 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2437 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2438 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2439 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2440 continue;
2441 }
2442
2443 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2444 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2445 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2446 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2447 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2448 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2449
2450 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2451 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2452 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2453 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2454 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2455 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2456 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2457
2458 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2459 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2460 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2461 let finish_command delete it.
2462
2463 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2464 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2465 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2466 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2467 solib breakpoints.) */
2468
2469 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2470 {
2471 continue;
2472 }
2473
2474 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2475 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2476 a.out. */
2477 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2478 {
2479 delete_breakpoint (b);
2480 continue;
2481 }
2482 }
2483 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2484 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2485 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2486 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2487 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2488 }
2489
2490 int
2491 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2492 {
2493 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2494 int val = 0;
2495 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2496 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2497
2498 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2499 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2500
2501 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2502 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2503 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2504 {
2505 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2506 continue;
2507
2508 if (bl->inserted)
2509 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2510 }
2511
2512 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2513 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2514
2515 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2516 return val;
2517 }
2518
2519 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2520 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2521 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2522 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2523 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2524
2525 static int
2526 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2527 {
2528 int val;
2529
2530 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2531 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2532
2533 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2534 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2535 return 0;
2536
2537 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2538 This should not ever happen. */
2539 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2540
2541 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2542 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2543 {
2544 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2545 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2546 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2547
2548 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2549 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2550 || bl->section == NULL
2551 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2552 {
2553 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2554
2555 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2556 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
2557 else
2558 val = target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
2559 }
2560 else
2561 {
2562 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2563 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2564 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2565 {
2566 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2567 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2568 */
2569 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2570 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2571 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2572 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2573 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2574 else
2575 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2576 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2577 }
2578 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2579 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2580 if (bl->inserted)
2581 {
2582 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2583 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2584 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2585 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2586 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2587 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2588 &bl->target_info);
2589
2590 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2591 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2592 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2593 else if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2594 val = target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2595 &bl->target_info);
2596 else
2597 val = 0;
2598 }
2599 else
2600 {
2601 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2602 val = 0;
2603 }
2604 }
2605
2606 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2607 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2608 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2609 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2610 val = 0;
2611
2612 if (val)
2613 return val;
2614 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2615 }
2616 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2617 {
2618 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2619 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2620
2621 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2622 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2623
2624 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2625 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2626 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2627 bl->owner->number);
2628 }
2629 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2630 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2631 && !bl->duplicate)
2632 {
2633 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2634 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2635
2636 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2637 if (val)
2638 return val;
2639
2640 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2641 }
2642
2643 return 0;
2644 }
2645
2646 static int
2647 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2648 {
2649 int ret;
2650 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2651
2652 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2653 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2654
2655 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2656 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2657 return 0;
2658
2659 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2660 This should not ever happen. */
2661 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2662
2663 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2664
2665 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2666
2667 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2668
2669 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2670 return ret;
2671 }
2672
2673 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2674
2675 void
2676 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2677 {
2678 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2679
2680 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2681 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2682 bl->inserted = 0;
2683 }
2684
2685 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2686 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2687
2688 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2689 between runs.
2690
2691 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2692 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2693 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2694
2695
2696
2697 void
2698 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2699 {
2700 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2701 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2702 int ix;
2703 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2704
2705 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2706 nothing to do. */
2707 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2708 return;
2709
2710 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2711 {
2712 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2713 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2714 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2715 bl->inserted = 0;
2716 }
2717
2718 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2719 {
2720 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2721 continue;
2722
2723 switch (b->type)
2724 {
2725 case bp_call_dummy:
2726
2727 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2728 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2729 rid of it. */
2730
2731 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2732
2733 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2734
2735 case bp_shlib_event:
2736
2737 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2738 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2739 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2740 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2741 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2742
2743 (gdb) file prog-linux
2744 (gdb) run # native linux target
2745 ...
2746 (gdb) kill
2747 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2748 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2749 */
2750
2751 delete_breakpoint (b);
2752 break;
2753
2754 case bp_watchpoint:
2755 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2756 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2757 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2758
2759 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2760 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2761 delete_breakpoint (b);
2762 else if (context == inf_starting)
2763 {
2764 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2765 insert_breakpoints. */
2766 if (b->val)
2767 value_free (b->val);
2768 b->val = NULL;
2769 b->val_valid = 0;
2770 }
2771 break;
2772 default:
2773 break;
2774 }
2775 }
2776
2777 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2778 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2779 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2780 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2781 }
2782
2783 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2784 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2785 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2786 match, not program space. */
2787
2788 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2789 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2790 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2791 permanent breakpoint.
2792 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2793 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2794 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2795 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2796 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2797
2798 enum breakpoint_here
2799 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2800 {
2801 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2802 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2803
2804 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2805 {
2806 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2807 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2808 continue;
2809
2810 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2811 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2812 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2813 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2814 {
2815 if (overlay_debugging
2816 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2817 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2818 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2819 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2820 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2821 else
2822 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2823 }
2824 }
2825
2826 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2827 }
2828
2829 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2830
2831 int
2832 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2833 {
2834 struct bp_location *loc;
2835 int ix;
2836
2837 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2838 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2839 return 1;
2840
2841 return 0;
2842 }
2843
2844 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2845 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2846 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2847 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2848
2849 int
2850 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2851 CORE_ADDR pc)
2852 {
2853 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2854
2855 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2856 {
2857 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2858 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2859 continue;
2860
2861 if (bl->inserted
2862 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2863 {
2864 if (overlay_debugging
2865 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2866 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2867 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2868 else
2869 return 1;
2870 }
2871 }
2872 return 0;
2873 }
2874
2875 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2876 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2877
2878 int
2879 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2880 {
2881 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2882 return 1;
2883
2884 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2885 return 1;
2886
2887 return 0;
2888 }
2889
2890 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2891 inserted at PC. */
2892
2893 int
2894 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2895 CORE_ADDR pc)
2896 {
2897 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2898
2899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2900 {
2901 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
2902 continue;
2903
2904 if (bl->inserted
2905 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
2906 aspace, pc))
2907 {
2908 if (overlay_debugging
2909 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2910 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2911 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2912 else
2913 return 1;
2914 }
2915 }
2916
2917 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2918 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2919 return 1;
2920
2921 return 0;
2922 }
2923
2924 int
2925 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
2926 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
2927 {
2928 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2929
2930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2931 {
2932 struct bp_location *loc;
2933
2934 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2935 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
2936 continue;
2937
2938 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2939 continue;
2940
2941 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2942 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
2943 {
2944 CORE_ADDR l, h;
2945
2946 /* Check for intersection. */
2947 l = max (loc->address, addr);
2948 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
2949 if (l < h)
2950 return 1;
2951 }
2952 }
2953 return 0;
2954 }
2955
2956 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2957 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2958
2959 int
2960 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
2961 ptid_t ptid)
2962 {
2963 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2964 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2965 int thread = -1;
2966 int task = 0;
2967
2968 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2969 {
2970 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2971 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2972 continue;
2973
2974 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2975 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2976 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2977 continue;
2978
2979 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2980 continue;
2981
2982 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
2983 {
2984 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2985 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2986 it is now time to do so. */
2987 if (thread == -1)
2988 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2989 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
2990 continue;
2991 }
2992
2993 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
2994 {
2995 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2996 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2997 it is now time to do so. */
2998 if (task == 0)
2999 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3000 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3001 continue;
3002 }
3003
3004 if (overlay_debugging
3005 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3006 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3007 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3008
3009 return 1;
3010 }
3011
3012 return 0;
3013 }
3014 \f
3015
3016 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3017 in breakpoint.h. */
3018
3019 int
3020 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3021 {
3022 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3023 }
3024
3025 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3026 'next' chain. */
3027
3028 static void
3029 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3030 {
3031 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3032 value_free (bs->old_val);
3033 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3034 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3035 xfree (bs);
3036 }
3037
3038 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3039 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3040
3041 void
3042 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3043 {
3044 bpstat p;
3045 bpstat q;
3046
3047 if (bsp == 0)
3048 return;
3049 p = *bsp;
3050 while (p != NULL)
3051 {
3052 q = p->next;
3053 bpstat_free (p);
3054 p = q;
3055 }
3056 *bsp = NULL;
3057 }
3058
3059 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3060 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3061
3062 bpstat
3063 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3064 {
3065 bpstat p = NULL;
3066 bpstat tmp;
3067 bpstat retval = NULL;
3068
3069 if (bs == NULL)
3070 return bs;
3071
3072 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3073 {
3074 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3075 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3076 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3077 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3078 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3079 {
3080 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3081 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3082 }
3083
3084 if (p == NULL)
3085 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3086 retval = tmp;
3087 else
3088 p->next = tmp;
3089 p = tmp;
3090 }
3091 p->next = NULL;
3092 return retval;
3093 }
3094
3095 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3096
3097 bpstat
3098 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3099 {
3100 if (bsp == NULL)
3101 return NULL;
3102
3103 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3104 {
3105 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3106 return bsp;
3107 }
3108 return NULL;
3109 }
3110
3111 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3112 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3113 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3114 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3115
3116 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3117 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3118 we set it.
3119 Return 1 otherwise. */
3120
3121 int
3122 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3123 {
3124 struct breakpoint *b;
3125
3126 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3127 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3128
3129 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3130 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3131 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3132 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3133 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3134 if (b == NULL)
3135 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3136
3137 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3138 return 1;
3139 }
3140
3141 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
3142
3143 void
3144 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
3145 {
3146 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3147 {
3148 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3149 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3150 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3151 {
3152 value_free (bs->old_val);
3153 bs->old_val = NULL;
3154 }
3155 }
3156 }
3157
3158 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3159
3160 static void
3161 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3162 {
3163 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3164 {
3165 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3166
3167 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3168 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3169 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3170 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3171 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3172 return;
3173 }
3174
3175 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3176 }
3177
3178 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3179 command. */
3180 static void
3181 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3182 {
3183 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3184 }
3185
3186 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3187 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3188 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3189 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3190
3191 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3192 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3193 bpstat of the current thread. */
3194
3195 static int
3196 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3197 {
3198 bpstat bs;
3199 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3200 int again = 0;
3201
3202 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3203 in bs->commands. */
3204 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3205 return 0;
3206
3207 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3208 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3209
3210 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3211
3212 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3213 bs = *bsp;
3214
3215 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3216 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3217 {
3218 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3219 struct command_line *cmd;
3220 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3221
3222 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3223
3224 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3225 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3226 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3227 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3228 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3229 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3230 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3231 the tree when we're done. */
3232 ccmd = bs->commands;
3233 bs->commands = NULL;
3234 this_cmd_tree_chain
3235 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3236 cmd = bs->commands_left;
3237 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3238
3239 while (cmd != NULL)
3240 {
3241 execute_control_command (cmd);
3242
3243 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3244 break;
3245 else
3246 cmd = cmd->next;
3247 }
3248
3249 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3250 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3251
3252 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3253 {
3254 if (target_can_async_p ())
3255 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3256 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3257 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3258 ;
3259 else
3260 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3261 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3262 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3263 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3264 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3265 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3266 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3267 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3268 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3269 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3270 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3271 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3272 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3273 again = 1;
3274 break;
3275 }
3276 }
3277 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3278 return again;
3279 }
3280
3281 void
3282 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3283 {
3284 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3285 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3286 && target_has_execution
3287 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3288 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3289 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3290 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3291 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3292 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3293 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3294 break;
3295 }
3296
3297 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3298
3299 static void
3300 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3301 {
3302 if (val == NULL)
3303 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3304 else
3305 {
3306 struct value_print_options opts;
3307 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3308 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3309 }
3310 }
3311
3312 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
3313 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
3314 by having it set different print_it values.
3315
3316 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
3317 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
3318 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
3319 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
3320 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
3321
3322 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
3323 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
3324 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
3325 don't print anything else.
3326 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
3327 that something to be followed by a location.
3328 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
3329 that something to be followed by a location.
3330 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
3331 analysis. */
3332
3333 static enum print_stop_action
3334 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
3335 {
3336 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3337 struct breakpoint *b;
3338 const struct bp_location *bl;
3339 struct ui_stream *stb;
3340 int bp_temp = 0;
3341 enum print_stop_action result;
3342
3343 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
3344
3345 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3346 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3347
3348 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3349 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3350
3351 switch (b->type)
3352 {
3353 case bp_breakpoint:
3354 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3355 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
3356 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
3357 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
3358 bl->address,
3359 b->number, 1);
3360 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
3361 if (bp_temp)
3362 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
3363 else
3364 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
3365 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3366 {
3367 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
3368 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
3369 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3370 }
3371 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
3372 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
3373 result = PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3374 break;
3375
3376 case bp_shlib_event:
3377 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
3378 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
3379 to shlib event" message.) */
3380 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3381 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3382 break;
3383
3384 case bp_thread_event:
3385 /* Not sure how we will get here.
3386 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
3387 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3388 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3389 break;
3390
3391 case bp_overlay_event:
3392 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
3393 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3394 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3395 break;
3396
3397 case bp_longjmp_master:
3398 /* These should never be enabled. */
3399 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3400 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3401 break;
3402
3403 case bp_std_terminate_master:
3404 /* These should never be enabled. */
3405 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
3406 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3407 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3408 break;
3409
3410 case bp_exception_master:
3411 /* These should never be enabled. */
3412 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
3413 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3414 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3415 break;
3416
3417 case bp_watchpoint:
3418 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3419 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
3420 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3421 ui_out_field_string
3422 (uiout, "reason",
3423 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3424 mention (b);
3425 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3426 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
3427 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
3428 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
3429 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
3430 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3431 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
3432 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3433 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
3434 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3435 break;
3436
3437 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3438 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3439 ui_out_field_string
3440 (uiout, "reason",
3441 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3442 mention (b);
3443 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3444 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
3445 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3446 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
3447 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3448 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3449 break;
3450
3451 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3452 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3453 {
3454 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
3455 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3456 ui_out_field_string
3457 (uiout, "reason",
3458 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3459 mention (b);
3460 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3461 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
3462 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
3463 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
3464 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
3465 }
3466 else
3467 {
3468 mention (b);
3469 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3470 ui_out_field_string
3471 (uiout, "reason",
3472 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3473 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3474 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
3475 }
3476 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3477 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
3478 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3479 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3480 break;
3481
3482 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3483 here. */
3484
3485 case bp_finish:
3486 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3487 ui_out_field_string
3488 (uiout, "reason",
3489 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
3490 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3491 break;
3492
3493 case bp_until:
3494 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3495 ui_out_field_string
3496 (uiout, "reason",
3497 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
3498 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3499 break;
3500
3501 case bp_none:
3502 case bp_longjmp:
3503 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3504 case bp_exception:
3505 case bp_exception_resume:
3506 case bp_step_resume:
3507 case bp_hp_step_resume:
3508 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3509 case bp_call_dummy:
3510 case bp_std_terminate:
3511 case bp_tracepoint:
3512 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
3513 case bp_jit_event:
3514 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
3515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
3516 default:
3517 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3518 break;
3519 }
3520
3521 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3522 return result;
3523 }
3524
3525 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3526 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3527 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3528 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3529 normal_stop(). */
3530
3531 static enum print_stop_action
3532 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3533 {
3534 switch (bs->print_it)
3535 {
3536 case print_it_noop:
3537 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3538 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3539 break;
3540
3541 case print_it_done:
3542 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3543 relevant messages. */
3544 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3545 break;
3546
3547 case print_it_normal:
3548 {
3549 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3550
3551 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3552 which has since been deleted. */
3553 if (b == NULL)
3554 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3555
3556 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3557 print_it_typical. */
3558 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
3559 return b->ops->print_it (b);
3560 else
3561 return print_it_typical (bs);
3562 }
3563 break;
3564
3565 default:
3566 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3567 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3568 break;
3569 }
3570 }
3571
3572 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3573 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3574 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3575 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3576 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3577 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3578 routine is one of:
3579
3580 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3581 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3582 code to print the location. An example is
3583 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3584 the location.
3585 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3586 to also print the location part of the message.
3587 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3588 don't require a location appended to the end.
3589 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3590 further info to be printed. */
3591
3592 enum print_stop_action
3593 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
3594 {
3595 int val;
3596
3597 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3598 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3599 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3600 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3601 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3602 {
3603 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3604 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3605 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3606 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3607 return val;
3608 }
3609
3610 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3611 with and nothing was printed. */
3612 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3613 }
3614
3615 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3616 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3617 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3618 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3619
3620 static int
3621 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3622 {
3623 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3624 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3625
3626 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3627 return i;
3628 }
3629
3630 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3631
3632 static bpstat
3633 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3634 {
3635 bpstat bs;
3636
3637 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3638 bs->next = NULL;
3639 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3640 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3641 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3642 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3643 incref_bp_location (bl);
3644 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3645 bs->commands = NULL;
3646 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3647 bs->old_val = NULL;
3648 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3649 return bs;
3650 }
3651 \f
3652 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3653 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3654
3655 int
3656 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3657 {
3658 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3659 CORE_ADDR addr;
3660 struct breakpoint *b;
3661
3662 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3663 {
3664 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3665 as not triggered. */
3666 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3667 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3668 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3669
3670 return 0;
3671 }
3672
3673 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
3674 {
3675 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3676 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3677 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3678 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3679 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3680
3681 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3682 }
3683
3684 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3685 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3686 triggered. */
3687
3688 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3689 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3690 {
3691 struct bp_location *loc;
3692
3693 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3694 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3695 {
3696 if (is_masked_watchpoint (loc->owner))
3697 {
3698 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & loc->owner->hw_wp_mask;
3699 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & loc->owner->hw_wp_mask;
3700
3701 if (newaddr == start)
3702 {
3703 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3704 break;
3705 }
3706 }
3707 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3708 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
3709 addr, loc->address,
3710 loc->length))
3711 {
3712 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3713 break;
3714 }
3715 }
3716 }
3717
3718 return 1;
3719 }
3720
3721 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3722 because of check_errors). */
3723 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3724 #define WP_DELETED 1
3725 /* The value has changed. */
3726 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3727 /* The value has not changed. */
3728 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3729 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3730 #define WP_IGNORE 4
3731
3732 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3733 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3734
3735 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3736 changed.
3737
3738 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3739 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3740
3741 static int
3742 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3743 {
3744 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3745 struct breakpoint *b;
3746 struct frame_info *fr;
3747 int within_current_scope;
3748
3749 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3750 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3751 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3752
3753 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b));
3754
3755 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3756 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3757 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3758 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3759 return WP_IGNORE;
3760
3761 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3762 within_current_scope = 1;
3763 else
3764 {
3765 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3766 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3767 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3768
3769 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3770 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3771 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3772 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3773 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3774 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3775 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3776 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3777 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3778 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3779 return WP_IGNORE;
3780
3781 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3782 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3783
3784 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3785 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3786 if (within_current_scope)
3787 {
3788 struct symbol *function;
3789
3790 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3791 if (function == NULL
3792 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3793 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3794 within_current_scope = 0;
3795 }
3796
3797 if (within_current_scope)
3798 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3799 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3800 the user. */
3801 select_frame (fr);
3802 }
3803
3804 if (within_current_scope)
3805 {
3806 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3807 time before we return to the command level and call
3808 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3809 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3810
3811 int pc = 0;
3812 struct value *mark;
3813 struct value *new_val;
3814
3815 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3816 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3817 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3818 a mask watchpoint. */
3819 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3820
3821 mark = value_mark ();
3822 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3823
3824 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3825 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3826 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3827 not what we want. */
3828 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3829 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3830 {
3831 if (new_val != NULL)
3832 {
3833 release_value (new_val);
3834 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3835 }
3836 bs->old_val = b->val;
3837 b->val = new_val;
3838 b->val_valid = 1;
3839 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3840 }
3841 else
3842 {
3843 /* Nothing changed. */
3844 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3845 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3846 }
3847 }
3848 else
3849 {
3850 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3851 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3852 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3853 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3854 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3855 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3856 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3857 the first value assigned). */
3858 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3859 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3860 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3861 information here. */
3862 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3863 ui_out_field_string
3864 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3865 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3866 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
3867 ui_out_text (uiout,
3868 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3869 which its expression is valid.\n");
3870
3871 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3872 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
3873 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3874
3875 return WP_DELETED;
3876 }
3877 }
3878
3879 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3880 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3881 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3882 static int
3883 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3884 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
3885 {
3886 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3887
3888 /* BL is from existing struct breakpoint. */
3889 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3890
3891 if (b->ops && b->ops->breakpoint_hit)
3892 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr);
3893
3894 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3895 tracepoints. */
3896 if (is_tracepoint (b))
3897 return 0;
3898
3899 if (!is_watchpoint (b)
3900 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
3901 && b->type != bp_catchpoint) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3902 {
3903 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3904 aspace, bp_addr))
3905 return 0;
3906 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
3907 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3908 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3909 return 0;
3910 }
3911
3912 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3913 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3914 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3915 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3916 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3917 (did not match the data address). */
3918
3919 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3920 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
3921 return 0;
3922
3923 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
3924 {
3925 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
3926 return 0;
3927 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
3928 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3929 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3930 return 0;
3931 }
3932
3933 return 1;
3934 }
3935
3936 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3937 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3938 to 0. */
3939 static void
3940 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3941 {
3942 const struct bp_location *bl;
3943 struct breakpoint *b;
3944
3945 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3946 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3947 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3948 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3949 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3950
3951 if (is_watchpoint (b))
3952 {
3953 int must_check_value = 0;
3954
3955 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3956 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3957 watched value. */
3958 must_check_value = 1;
3959 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3960 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3961 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3962 this watchpoint. */
3963 must_check_value = 1;
3964 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3965 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3966 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3967 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3968 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3969 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3970 must_check_value = 1;
3971
3972 if (must_check_value)
3973 {
3974 char *message
3975 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3976 b->number);
3977 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3978 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3979 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3980 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3981 switch (e)
3982 {
3983 case WP_DELETED:
3984 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3985 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3986 /* Stop. */
3987 break;
3988 case WP_IGNORE:
3989 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3990 bs->stop = 0;
3991 break;
3992 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3993 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3994 {
3995 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3996
3997 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3998 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3999 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4000 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4001 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4002 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4003 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4004 old value.
4005
4006 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4007 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4008 happen:
4009
4010 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4011 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4012 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4013 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4014
4015 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4016 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4017 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4018 watchpoint.
4019
4020 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4021 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4022 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4023 changes. This still gives false positives when
4024 the program writes the same value to memory as
4025 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4026 it for a read), but it's much better than
4027 nothing. */
4028
4029 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4030
4031 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4032 {
4033 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4034
4035 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4036 if ((other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4037 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4038 && (other_b->watchpoint_triggered
4039 == watch_triggered_yes))
4040 {
4041 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4042 break;
4043 }
4044 }
4045
4046 if (other_write_watchpoint
4047 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4048 {
4049 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4050 and the value changed since the last time we
4051 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4052 Ignore it. */
4053 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4054 bs->stop = 0;
4055 }
4056 }
4057 break;
4058 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4059 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4060 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4061 {
4062 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4063 the value hasn't changed. */
4064 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4065 bs->stop = 0;
4066 }
4067 /* Stop. */
4068 break;
4069 default:
4070 /* Can't happen. */
4071 case 0:
4072 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4073 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
4074 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4075 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4076 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4077 break;
4078 }
4079 }
4080 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4081 {
4082 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4083 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4084 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4085 anything for this watchpoint. */
4086 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4087 bs->stop = 0;
4088 }
4089 }
4090 }
4091
4092
4093 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4094 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4095 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4096
4097 static void
4098 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4099 {
4100 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4101 const struct bp_location *bl;
4102 struct breakpoint *b;
4103
4104 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4105 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4106 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4107 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4108 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4109
4110 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4111 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4112 bs->stop = 0;
4113 else if (bs->stop)
4114 {
4115 int value_is_zero = 0;
4116 struct expression *cond;
4117
4118 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4119 method implemented. */
4120 if (b->py_bp_object)
4121 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4122
4123 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4124 cond = b->cond_exp;
4125 else
4126 cond = bl->cond;
4127
4128 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4129 {
4130 int within_current_scope = 1;
4131
4132 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4133 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4134 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4135 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4136 function call. */
4137 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4138
4139 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4140 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4141 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4142 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4143 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4144 call site. */
4145 if (!is_watchpoint (b) || b->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4146 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4147 else
4148 {
4149 struct frame_info *frame;
4150
4151 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4152 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4153 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4154 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4155 really matter which instantiation of the function
4156 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4157 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4158 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4159 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4160 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4161 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4162 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4163 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4164 intuitive. */
4165 frame = block_innermost_frame (b->cond_exp_valid_block);
4166 if (frame != NULL)
4167 select_frame (frame);
4168 else
4169 within_current_scope = 0;
4170 }
4171 if (within_current_scope)
4172 value_is_zero
4173 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4174 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4175 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4176 else
4177 {
4178 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4179 "in the current scope"));
4180 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4181 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4182 value_is_zero = 0;
4183 }
4184 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4185 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4186 }
4187
4188 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4189 {
4190 bs->stop = 0;
4191 }
4192 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4193 {
4194 bs->stop = 0;
4195 }
4196 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4197 {
4198 b->ignore_count--;
4199 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4200 bs->stop = 0;
4201 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4202 ++(b->hit_count);
4203 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4204 }
4205 }
4206 }
4207
4208
4209 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4210 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4211
4212 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4213 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4214 that:
4215
4216 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4217
4218 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4219
4220 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4221 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4222 several reasons concurrently.)
4223
4224 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4225 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4226
4227 bpstat
4228 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4229 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
4230 {
4231 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4232 struct bp_location *bl;
4233 struct bp_location *loc;
4234 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4235 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4236 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4237 bpstat bs;
4238 int ix;
4239 int need_remove_insert;
4240 int removed_any;
4241
4242 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4243 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4244 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4245 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4246 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4247 inferior function calls. */
4248
4249 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4250 {
4251 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4252 continue;
4253
4254 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4255 {
4256 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4257 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4258 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4259 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4260 checked all locations already. */
4261 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4262 break;
4263
4264 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4265 continue;
4266
4267 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr))
4268 continue;
4269
4270 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4271 matches. */
4272
4273 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4274 explain stop. */
4275
4276 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4277 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4278 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4279 bs->stop = 1;
4280 bs->print = 1;
4281
4282 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4283 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4284 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4285 iteration. */
4286 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4287 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4288 }
4289 }
4290
4291 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4292 {
4293 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4294 {
4295 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4296 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4297 bs->stop = 0;
4298 bs->print = 0;
4299 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4300 }
4301 }
4302
4303 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4304 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4305 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4306
4307 removed_any = 0;
4308
4309 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4310 {
4311 if (!bs->stop)
4312 continue;
4313
4314 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
4315 if (!bs->stop)
4316 continue;
4317
4318 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4319
4320 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
4321 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master
4322 || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
4323 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
4324 /* We do not stop for these. */
4325 bs->stop = 0;
4326 else
4327 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4328
4329 if (bs->stop)
4330 {
4331 ++(b->hit_count);
4332 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4333
4334 /* We will stop here. */
4335 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4336 {
4337 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4338 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4339 removed_any = 1;
4340 }
4341 if (b->silent)
4342 bs->print = 0;
4343 bs->commands = b->commands;
4344 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4345 bs->commands_left = bs->commands ? bs->commands->commands : NULL;
4346 if (bs->commands_left
4347 && (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands_left->line) == 0
4348 || (xdb_commands
4349 && strcmp ("Q",
4350 bs->commands_left->line) == 0)))
4351 {
4352 bs->commands_left = bs->commands_left->next;
4353 bs->print = 0;
4354 }
4355 }
4356
4357 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
4358 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
4359 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4360 }
4361
4362 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4363 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4364 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4365 done later. */
4366 need_remove_insert = 0;
4367 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4368 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4369 if (!bs->stop
4370 && bs->breakpoint_at
4371 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4372 {
4373 update_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4374 need_remove_insert = 1;
4375 }
4376
4377 if (need_remove_insert)
4378 update_global_location_list (1);
4379 else if (removed_any)
4380 update_global_location_list (0);
4381
4382 return bs_head;
4383 }
4384
4385 static void
4386 handle_jit_event (void)
4387 {
4388 struct frame_info *frame;
4389 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4390
4391 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4392 breakpoint_re_set. */
4393 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4394
4395 frame = get_current_frame ();
4396 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4397
4398 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4399
4400 target_terminal_inferior ();
4401 }
4402
4403 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4404
4405 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4406
4407 struct bpstat_what
4408 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4409 {
4410 struct bpstat_what retval;
4411 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4412 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4413 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4414 int shlib_event = 0;
4415 int jit_event = 0;
4416 bpstat bs;
4417
4418 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4419 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4420 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4421
4422 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4423 {
4424 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4425 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4426 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4427 enum bptype bptype;
4428
4429 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4430 {
4431 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4432 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4433 bptype = bp_none;
4434 }
4435 else if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4436 bptype = bp_none;
4437 else
4438 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4439
4440 switch (bptype)
4441 {
4442 case bp_none:
4443 break;
4444 case bp_breakpoint:
4445 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4446 case bp_until:
4447 case bp_finish:
4448 if (bs->stop)
4449 {
4450 if (bs->print)
4451 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4452 else
4453 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4454 }
4455 else
4456 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4457 break;
4458 case bp_watchpoint:
4459 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4460 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4461 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4462 if (bs->stop)
4463 {
4464 if (bs->print)
4465 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4466 else
4467 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4468 }
4469 else
4470 {
4471 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4472 This requires no further action. */
4473 }
4474 break;
4475 case bp_longjmp:
4476 case bp_exception:
4477 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4478 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4479 break;
4480 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4481 case bp_exception_resume:
4482 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4483 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4484 break;
4485 case bp_step_resume:
4486 if (bs->stop)
4487 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4488 else
4489 {
4490 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4491 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4492 }
4493 break;
4494 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4495 if (bs->stop)
4496 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4497 else
4498 {
4499 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4500 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4501 }
4502 break;
4503 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4504 case bp_thread_event:
4505 case bp_overlay_event:
4506 case bp_longjmp_master:
4507 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4508 case bp_exception_master:
4509 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4510 break;
4511 case bp_catchpoint:
4512 if (bs->stop)
4513 {
4514 if (bs->print)
4515 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4516 else
4517 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4518 }
4519 else
4520 {
4521 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4522 This requires no further action. */
4523 }
4524 break;
4525 case bp_shlib_event:
4526 shlib_event = 1;
4527
4528 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4529 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4530 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4531 loaded objects (among other things). */
4532 if (stop_on_solib_events)
4533 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4534 else
4535 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4536 break;
4537 case bp_jit_event:
4538 jit_event = 1;
4539 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4540 break;
4541 case bp_call_dummy:
4542 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4543 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4544 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4545 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4546 break;
4547 case bp_std_terminate:
4548 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4549 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4550 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4551 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4552 break;
4553 case bp_tracepoint:
4554 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4555 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4556 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4557 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4558 out already. */
4559 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4560 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4561 break;
4562 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4563 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4564 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4565 break;
4566 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4567 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4568 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4569 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4570 break;
4571 default:
4572 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4573 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4574 }
4575
4576 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4577 }
4578
4579 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4580 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4581
4582 if (shlib_event)
4583 {
4584 if (debug_infrun)
4585 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4586
4587 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4588 to be adding them automatically. */
4589
4590 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4591 breakpoint_re_set. */
4592 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4593
4594 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4595 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4596 #else
4597 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4598 #endif
4599
4600 target_terminal_inferior ();
4601 }
4602
4603 if (jit_event)
4604 {
4605 if (debug_infrun)
4606 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4607
4608 handle_jit_event ();
4609 }
4610
4611 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4612 {
4613 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4614
4615 if (b == NULL)
4616 continue;
4617 switch (b->type)
4618 {
4619 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4620 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4621 break;
4622 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4623 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4624 break;
4625 }
4626 }
4627
4628 return retval;
4629 }
4630
4631 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4632 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4633 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4634
4635 int
4636 bpstat_should_step (void)
4637 {
4638 struct breakpoint *b;
4639
4640 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4641 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4642 return 1;
4643 return 0;
4644 }
4645
4646 int
4647 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4648 {
4649 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4650 if (bs->stop)
4651 return 1;
4652
4653 return 0;
4654 }
4655
4656 \f
4657
4658 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4659 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4660 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4661
4662 static char *
4663 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4664 {
4665 static char wrap_indent[80];
4666 int i, total_width, width, align;
4667 char *text;
4668
4669 total_width = 0;
4670 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4671 {
4672 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4673 {
4674 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4675 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4676 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4677
4678 return wrap_indent;
4679 }
4680
4681 total_width += width + 1;
4682 }
4683
4684 return NULL;
4685 }
4686
4687 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4688
4689 static void
4690 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4691 struct bp_location *loc)
4692 {
4693 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4694
4695 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4696 loc = NULL;
4697
4698 if (loc != NULL)
4699 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4700
4701 if (b->display_canonical)
4702 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4703 else if (b->source_file && loc)
4704 {
4705 struct symbol *sym
4706 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4707 if (sym)
4708 {
4709 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4710 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4711 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4712 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4713 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4714 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4715 }
4716 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
4717 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4718
4719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4720 {
4721 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4722 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4723
4724 if (fullname)
4725 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4726 }
4727
4728 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
4729 }
4730 else if (loc)
4731 {
4732 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4733 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4734
4735 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4736 demangle, "");
4737 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4738
4739 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4740 }
4741 else
4742 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4743
4744 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4745 }
4746
4747 static const char *
4748 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4749 {
4750 struct ep_type_description
4751 {
4752 enum bptype type;
4753 char *description;
4754 };
4755 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4756 {
4757 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4758 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4759 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4760 {bp_until, "until"},
4761 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4762 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4763 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4764 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4765 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4766 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4767 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4768 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4769 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4770 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4771 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4772 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4773 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4774 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4775 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4776 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4777 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4778 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4779 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4780 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4781 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4782 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4783 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4784 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4785 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4786 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4787 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4788 };
4789
4790 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4791 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4792 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4793 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4794 (int) type);
4795
4796 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4797 }
4798
4799 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4800
4801 static void
4802 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4803 struct bp_location *loc,
4804 int loc_number,
4805 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4806 int allflag)
4807 {
4808 struct command_line *l;
4809 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4810
4811 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4812 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4813 struct value_print_options opts;
4814
4815 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4816
4817 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4818 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4819 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4820 if (loc == NULL
4821 && (b->loc != NULL
4822 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4823 header_of_multiple = 1;
4824 if (loc == NULL)
4825 loc = b->loc;
4826
4827 annotate_record ();
4828
4829 /* 1 */
4830 annotate_field (0);
4831 if (part_of_multiple)
4832 {
4833 char *formatted;
4834 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4835 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4836 xfree (formatted);
4837 }
4838 else
4839 {
4840 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4841 }
4842
4843 /* 2 */
4844 annotate_field (1);
4845 if (part_of_multiple)
4846 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4847 else
4848 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4849
4850 /* 3 */
4851 annotate_field (2);
4852 if (part_of_multiple)
4853 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4854 else
4855 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4856
4857
4858 /* 4 */
4859 annotate_field (3);
4860 if (part_of_multiple)
4861 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4862 else
4863 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4864 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4865 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4866
4867
4868 /* 5 and 6 */
4869 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4870 {
4871 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4872 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4873 make sure there's just one location. */
4874 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4875 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4876 }
4877 else
4878 switch (b->type)
4879 {
4880 case bp_none:
4881 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4882 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4883 break;
4884
4885 case bp_watchpoint:
4886 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4887 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4888 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4889 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4890 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4891 is relatively readable). */
4892 if (opts.addressprint)
4893 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4894 annotate_field (5);
4895 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exp_string);
4896 break;
4897
4898 case bp_breakpoint:
4899 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4900 case bp_until:
4901 case bp_finish:
4902 case bp_longjmp:
4903 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4904 case bp_exception:
4905 case bp_exception_resume:
4906 case bp_step_resume:
4907 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4908 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4909 case bp_call_dummy:
4910 case bp_std_terminate:
4911 case bp_shlib_event:
4912 case bp_thread_event:
4913 case bp_overlay_event:
4914 case bp_longjmp_master:
4915 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4916 case bp_exception_master:
4917 case bp_tracepoint:
4918 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4919 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4920 case bp_jit_event:
4921 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4922 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4923 if (opts.addressprint)
4924 {
4925 annotate_field (4);
4926 if (header_of_multiple)
4927 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4928 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4929 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4930 else
4931 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4932 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4933 }
4934 annotate_field (5);
4935 if (!header_of_multiple)
4936 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4937 if (b->loc)
4938 *last_loc = b->loc;
4939 break;
4940 }
4941
4942
4943 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4944 are several. */
4945 if (loc != NULL
4946 && !header_of_multiple
4947 && (allflag
4948 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4949 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4950 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4951 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4952 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4953 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4954 {
4955 struct inferior *inf;
4956 int first = 1;
4957
4958 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4959 {
4960 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4961 {
4962 if (first)
4963 {
4964 first = 0;
4965 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4966 }
4967 else
4968 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4969 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4970 }
4971 }
4972 }
4973
4974 if (!part_of_multiple)
4975 {
4976 if (b->thread != -1)
4977 {
4978 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4979 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4980 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4981 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4982 }
4983 else if (b->task != 0)
4984 {
4985 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4986 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4987 }
4988 }
4989
4990 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4991
4992 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ops && b->ops->print_one_detail)
4993 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4994
4995 if (!part_of_multiple && b->static_trace_marker_id)
4996 {
4997 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
4998
4999 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
5000 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
5001 b->static_trace_marker_id);
5002 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5003 }
5004
5005 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5006 {
5007 annotate_field (6);
5008 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5009 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
5010 the frame ID. */
5011 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
5012 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
5013 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5014 }
5015
5016 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
5017 {
5018 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
5019 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
5020 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
5021 annotate_field (7);
5022 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5023 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
5024 else
5025 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
5026 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
5027 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5028 }
5029
5030 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
5031 {
5032 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5033 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
5034 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5035 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5036 }
5037
5038 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
5039 {
5040 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5041 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
5042 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
5043 else
5044 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
5045 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
5046 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5047 if (b->hit_count == 1)
5048 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
5049 else
5050 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
5051 }
5052
5053 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5054 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5055 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5056 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
5057 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5058
5059 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
5060 {
5061 annotate_field (8);
5062 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
5063 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
5064 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5065 }
5066
5067 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
5068 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
5069 {
5070 struct cleanup *script_chain;
5071
5072 annotate_field (9);
5073 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
5074 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
5075 do_cleanups (script_chain);
5076 }
5077
5078 if (!part_of_multiple && b->pass_count)
5079 {
5080 annotate_field (10);
5081 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
5082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", b->pass_count);
5083 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5084 }
5085
5086 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5087 {
5088 if (b->addr_string)
5089 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5090 else if (b->exp_string)
5091 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
5092 }
5093 }
5094
5095 static void
5096 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5097 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5098 int allflag)
5099 {
5100 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5101
5102 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5103
5104 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5105 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5106
5107 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5108 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5109 locations, if any. */
5110 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5111 {
5112 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5113 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5114 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5115 situation.
5116
5117 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5118 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5119 if (b->loc
5120 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5121 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5122 {
5123 struct bp_location *loc;
5124 int n = 1;
5125
5126 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5127 {
5128 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5129 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5130 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5131 do_cleanups (inner2);
5132 }
5133 }
5134 }
5135 }
5136
5137 static int
5138 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5139 {
5140 int print_address_bits = 0;
5141 struct bp_location *loc;
5142
5143 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5144 {
5145 int addr_bit;
5146
5147 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5148 an address to print. */
5149 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5150 continue;
5151
5152 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5153 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5154 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5155 }
5156
5157 return print_address_bits;
5158 }
5159
5160 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5161 {
5162 int bnum;
5163 };
5164
5165 static int
5166 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5167 {
5168 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5169 struct breakpoint *b;
5170 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5171
5172 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5173 {
5174 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5175 {
5176 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5177 return GDB_RC_OK;
5178 }
5179 }
5180 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5181 }
5182
5183 enum gdb_rc
5184 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5185 char **error_message)
5186 {
5187 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5188
5189 args.bnum = bnum;
5190 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5191 an error. */
5192 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5193 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5194 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5195 else
5196 return GDB_RC_OK;
5197 }
5198
5199 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5200 internal or momentary. */
5201
5202 int
5203 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5204 {
5205 return b->number > 0;
5206 }
5207
5208 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5209 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5210 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5211 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5212 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5213 breakpoints listed. */
5214
5215 static int
5216 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5217 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5218 {
5219 struct breakpoint *b;
5220 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5221 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5222 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5223 struct value_print_options opts;
5224 int print_address_bits = 0;
5225 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5226
5227 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5228
5229 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5230 required for address fields. */
5231 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5232 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5233 {
5234 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5235 if (filter && !filter (b))
5236 continue;
5237
5238 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5239 accept. Skip the others. */
5240 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5241 {
5242 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5243 continue;
5244 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5245 continue;
5246 }
5247
5248 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5249 {
5250 int addr_bit, type_len;
5251
5252 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5253 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5254 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5255
5256 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5257 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5258 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5259
5260 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5261 }
5262 }
5263
5264 if (opts.addressprint)
5265 bkpttbl_chain
5266 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5267 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5268 "BreakpointTable");
5269 else
5270 bkpttbl_chain
5271 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5272 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5273 "BreakpointTable");
5274
5275 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5276 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5277 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5278 annotate_field (0);
5279 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5280 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5281 annotate_field (1);
5282 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5283 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5284 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5285 annotate_field (2);
5286 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5287 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5288 annotate_field (3);
5289 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5290 if (opts.addressprint)
5291 {
5292 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5293 annotate_field (4);
5294 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5295 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5296 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5297 else
5298 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5299 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5300 }
5301 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5302 annotate_field (5);
5303 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5304 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5305 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5306 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5307
5308 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5309 {
5310 QUIT;
5311 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5312 if (filter && !filter (b))
5313 continue;
5314
5315 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5316 accept. Skip the others. */
5317
5318 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5319 {
5320 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5321 {
5322 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5323 continue;
5324 }
5325 else /* all others */
5326 {
5327 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5328 continue;
5329 }
5330 }
5331 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5332 allflag is set. */
5333 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5334 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5335 }
5336
5337 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5338
5339 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5340 {
5341 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5342 empty list. */
5343 if (!filter)
5344 {
5345 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5346 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5347 else
5348 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5349 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5350 args);
5351 }
5352 }
5353 else
5354 {
5355 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5356 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5357 }
5358
5359 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5360 there have been breakpoints? */
5361 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5362
5363 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5364 }
5365
5366 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5367 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5368
5369 static void
5370 default_collect_info (void)
5371 {
5372 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5373 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5374 not wanted. */
5375 if (!*default_collect)
5376 return;
5377
5378 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5379 actions. */
5380 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5381 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5382 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5383 }
5384
5385 static void
5386 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5387 {
5388 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5389
5390 default_collect_info ();
5391 }
5392
5393 static void
5394 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5395 {
5396 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5397
5398 if (num_printed == 0)
5399 {
5400 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5401 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5402 else
5403 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5404 }
5405 }
5406
5407 static void
5408 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5409 {
5410 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5411
5412 default_collect_info ();
5413 }
5414
5415 static int
5416 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5417 struct program_space *pspace,
5418 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5419 {
5420 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5421
5422 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5423 {
5424 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5425 && bl->address == pc
5426 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5427 return 1;
5428 }
5429 return 0;
5430 }
5431
5432 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5433 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5434 address spaces. */
5435
5436 static void
5437 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5438 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5439 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5440 {
5441 int others = 0;
5442 struct breakpoint *b;
5443
5444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5445 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section);
5446 if (others > 0)
5447 {
5448 if (others == 1)
5449 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5450 else /* if (others == ???) */
5451 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5452 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5453 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5454 {
5455 others--;
5456 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5457 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5458 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5459 else if (b->thread != -1)
5460 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5461 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5462 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5463 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
5464 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
5465 ? " (disabled)"
5466 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5467 ? " (permanent)"
5468 : ""),
5469 (others > 1) ? ","
5470 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5471 }
5472 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5473 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5474 printf_filtered (".\n");
5475 }
5476 }
5477 \f
5478 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5479 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5480
5481 void
5482 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, struct program_space *pspace,
5483 CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
5484 int line)
5485 {
5486 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
5487 default_breakpoint_pspace = pspace;
5488 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
5489 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
5490 default_breakpoint_line = line;
5491 }
5492
5493 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5494 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5495 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5496 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5497
5498 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5499 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5500 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5501 breakpoint at address zero:
5502
5503 bp_watchpoint
5504 bp_catchpoint
5505
5506 */
5507
5508 static int
5509 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5510 {
5511 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5512
5513 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5514 }
5515
5516 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5517 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5518
5519 static int
5520 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5521 struct bp_location *loc2)
5522 {
5523 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5524 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5525 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5526
5527 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5528 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5529 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5530 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5531 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5532 other watchpoint. */
5533 if ((loc1->owner->cond_exp
5534 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5535 loc1->length,
5536 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5537 loc1->owner->cond_exp))
5538 || (loc2->owner->cond_exp
5539 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5540 loc2->length,
5541 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5542 loc2->owner->cond_exp)))
5543 return 0;
5544
5545 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5546 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5547 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5548 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5549 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5550 become hw_access locations later. */
5551 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5552 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5553 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5554 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5555 }
5556
5557 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5558 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5559 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5560 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5561
5562 static int
5563 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5564 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5565 {
5566 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5567 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5568 && addr1 == addr2);
5569 }
5570
5571 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5572 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5573 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5574 space doesn't really matter. */
5575
5576 static int
5577 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5578 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5579 CORE_ADDR addr2)
5580 {
5581 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5582 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5583 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5584 }
5585
5586 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5587 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5588 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5589 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5590
5591 static int
5592 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5593 struct address_space *aspace,
5594 CORE_ADDR addr)
5595 {
5596 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5597 aspace, addr)
5598 || (bl->length
5599 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5600 bl->address, bl->length,
5601 aspace, addr)));
5602 }
5603
5604 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5605 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5606 represent the same location. */
5607
5608 static int
5609 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5610 struct bp_location *loc2)
5611 {
5612 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5613
5614 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5615 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5616 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5617
5618 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5619 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5620
5621 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5622 return 0;
5623 else if (hw_point1)
5624 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5625 else
5626 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5627 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5628 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5629 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5630 }
5631
5632 static void
5633 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5634 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5635 {
5636 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5637 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5638 char astr1[64];
5639 char astr2[64];
5640
5641 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5642 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5643 if (have_bnum)
5644 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5645 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5646 else
5647 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5648 }
5649
5650 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5651 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5652 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5653 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5654
5655 static CORE_ADDR
5656 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5657 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5658 {
5659 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5660 {
5661 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5662 return bpaddr;
5663 }
5664 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5665 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5666 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5667 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5668 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5669 {
5670 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5671 have their addresses modified. */
5672 return bpaddr;
5673 }
5674 else
5675 {
5676 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5677
5678 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5679 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5680 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5681
5682 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5683 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5684 is required. */
5685 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5686 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5687
5688 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5689 }
5690 }
5691
5692 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5693
5694 static struct bp_location *
5695 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5696 {
5697 struct bp_location *loc;
5698
5699 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
5700 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5701
5702 loc->owner = bpt;
5703 loc->cond = NULL;
5704 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5705 loc->enabled = 1;
5706
5707 switch (bpt->type)
5708 {
5709 case bp_breakpoint:
5710 case bp_until:
5711 case bp_finish:
5712 case bp_longjmp:
5713 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5714 case bp_exception:
5715 case bp_exception_resume:
5716 case bp_step_resume:
5717 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5718 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5719 case bp_call_dummy:
5720 case bp_std_terminate:
5721 case bp_shlib_event:
5722 case bp_thread_event:
5723 case bp_overlay_event:
5724 case bp_jit_event:
5725 case bp_longjmp_master:
5726 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5727 case bp_exception_master:
5728 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5729 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5730 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5731 break;
5732 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5733 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5734 break;
5735 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5736 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5737 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5738 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5739 break;
5740 case bp_watchpoint:
5741 case bp_catchpoint:
5742 case bp_tracepoint:
5743 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5744 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5745 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5746 break;
5747 default:
5748 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5749 }
5750
5751 loc->refc = 1;
5752 return loc;
5753 }
5754
5755 static void
5756 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5757 {
5758 if (loc->cond)
5759 xfree (loc->cond);
5760
5761 if (loc->function_name)
5762 xfree (loc->function_name);
5763
5764 xfree (loc);
5765 }
5766
5767 /* Increment reference count. */
5768
5769 static void
5770 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5771 {
5772 ++bl->refc;
5773 }
5774
5775 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5776 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5777
5778 static void
5779 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5780 {
5781 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5782
5783 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5784 free_bp_location (*blp);
5785 *blp = NULL;
5786 }
5787
5788 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5789
5790 static void
5791 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
5792 {
5793 struct breakpoint *b1;
5794
5795 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5796 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5797
5798 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5799 if (b1 == 0)
5800 breakpoint_chain = b;
5801 else
5802 {
5803 while (b1->next)
5804 b1 = b1->next;
5805 b1->next = b;
5806 }
5807 }
5808
5809 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5810
5811 static void
5812 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5813 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5814 enum bptype bptype)
5815 {
5816 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5817
5818 b->type = bptype;
5819 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5820 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5821 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5822 b->thread = -1;
5823 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5824 b->next = 0;
5825 b->silent = 0;
5826 b->ignore_count = 0;
5827 b->commands = NULL;
5828 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5829 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
5830 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
5831 b->syscalls_to_be_caught = NULL;
5832 b->ops = NULL;
5833 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5834 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5835 b->related_breakpoint = b;
5836
5837 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5838 }
5839
5840 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5841 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5842 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
5843 static. */
5844
5845 static struct breakpoint *
5846 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5847 enum bptype bptype)
5848 {
5849 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5850
5851 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype);
5852
5853 return b;
5854 }
5855
5856 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5857 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5858 enough. */
5859
5860 static void
5861 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5862 {
5863 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5864
5865 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5866 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5867 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5868 {
5869 int is_gnu_ifunc;
5870
5871 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &loc->function_name,
5872 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5873
5874 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5875 {
5876 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5877
5878 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5879 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc->function_name,
5880 &loc->requested_address))
5881 {
5882 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5883 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5884 loc->requested_address,
5885 b->type);
5886 }
5887 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5888 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5889 {
5890 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5891 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5892 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5893 }
5894 }
5895
5896 if (loc->function_name)
5897 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5898 }
5899 }
5900
5901 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5902 static struct gdbarch *
5903 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5904 {
5905 if (sal.section)
5906 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5907 if (sal.symtab)
5908 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5909
5910 return NULL;
5911 }
5912
5913 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5914 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5915 file name, and line number are provided by SAL. The newly created
5916 and partially initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint
5917 chain.
5918
5919 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5920 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5921 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5922 particular, init_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint number!
5923 Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur prior to
5924 completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this should
5925 happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5926
5927 static void
5928 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5929 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
5930 {
5931 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
5932 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch;
5933
5934 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype);
5935
5936 loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
5937 if (!loc_gdbarch)
5938 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
5939
5940 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5941 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5942
5943 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5944 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5945 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5946 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5947 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5948 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5949 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
5950 sal.pc, b->type);
5951
5952 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
5953 b->loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
5954 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
5955 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
5956 b->loc->pspace = sal.pspace;
5957
5958 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5959 breakpoint resetting. */
5960 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5961
5962 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
5963 b->source_file = NULL;
5964 else
5965 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
5966 b->loc->section = sal.section;
5967 b->line_number = sal.line;
5968
5969 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc,
5970 sal.explicit_pc || sal.explicit_line);
5971
5972 breakpoints_changed ();
5973 }
5974
5975 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5976 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5977 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5978 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5979 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5980 is also returned as the value of this function.
5981
5982 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5983 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5984 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5985 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5986 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5987 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5988 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5989
5990 struct breakpoint *
5991 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5992 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
5993 {
5994 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5995
5996 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype);
5997 return b;
5998 }
5999
6000
6001 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
6002 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
6003 void
6004 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
6005 {
6006 struct bp_location *bl;
6007
6008 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
6009
6010 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
6011 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
6012 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
6013 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
6014 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implmement. */
6015 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6016 bl->inserted = 1;
6017 }
6018
6019 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
6020 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
6021 initiated the operation. */
6022
6023 void
6024 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
6025 {
6026 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6027 int thread = tp->num;
6028
6029 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
6030 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
6031 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
6032 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
6033 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6034 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6035 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
6036 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
6037 {
6038 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b);
6039
6040 clone->type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
6041 clone->thread = thread;
6042 }
6043
6044 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
6045 }
6046
6047 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6048 void
6049 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
6050 {
6051 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6052
6053 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6054 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6055 {
6056 if (b->thread == thread)
6057 delete_breakpoint (b);
6058 }
6059 }
6060
6061 void
6062 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6063 {
6064 struct breakpoint *b;
6065
6066 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6067 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6068 {
6069 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6070 update_global_location_list (1);
6071 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
6072 }
6073 }
6074
6075 void
6076 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6077 {
6078 struct breakpoint *b;
6079
6080 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6081 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6082 {
6083 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
6084 update_global_location_list (0);
6085 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
6086 }
6087 }
6088
6089 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6090 master breakpoint. */
6091 void
6092 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6093 {
6094 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6095
6096 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6097 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6098 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
6099 {
6100 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b);
6101 clone->type = bp_std_terminate;
6102 }
6103 }
6104
6105 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6106 void
6107 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6108 {
6109 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6110
6111 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6112 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6113 delete_breakpoint (b);
6114 }
6115
6116 struct breakpoint *
6117 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6118 {
6119 struct breakpoint *b;
6120
6121 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event);
6122
6123 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6124 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6125 b->addr_string
6126 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6127
6128 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6129
6130 return b;
6131 }
6132
6133 void
6134 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6135 {
6136 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6137
6138 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6139 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6140 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6141 delete_breakpoint (b);
6142 }
6143
6144 struct lang_and_radix
6145 {
6146 enum language lang;
6147 int radix;
6148 };
6149
6150 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6151
6152 struct breakpoint *
6153 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6154 {
6155 struct breakpoint *b;
6156
6157 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event);
6158 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6159 return b;
6160 }
6161
6162 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6163
6164 void
6165 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6166 {
6167 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6168
6169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6170 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6171 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6172 delete_breakpoint (b);
6173 }
6174
6175 void
6176 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6177 {
6178 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6179
6180 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6181 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6182 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6183 delete_breakpoint (b);
6184 }
6185
6186 struct breakpoint *
6187 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6188 {
6189 struct breakpoint *b;
6190
6191 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event);
6192 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6193 return b;
6194 }
6195
6196 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6197 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6198
6199 void
6200 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6201 {
6202 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6203
6204 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6205 {
6206 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6207 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6208
6209 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6210 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6211 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6212 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6213 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6214 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6215 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6216 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6217 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6218 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6219 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6220 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6221 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6222 #else
6223 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6224 #endif
6225 )
6226 {
6227 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6228 }
6229 }
6230 }
6231
6232 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in an unloaded shared library.
6233 Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6234 disabled. */
6235
6236 static void
6237 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6238 {
6239 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6240 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6241
6242 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6243 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6244 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6245 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6246 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6247 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6248 return;
6249
6250 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6251 {
6252 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6253 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6254
6255 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6256 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
6257 && solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6258 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6259 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
6260 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6261 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6262 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6263 {
6264 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6265 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6266 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6267 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6268 loc->inserted = 0;
6269
6270 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6271 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6272
6273 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6274 {
6275 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6276 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6277 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6278 solib->so_name);
6279 }
6280 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6281 }
6282 }
6283 }
6284
6285 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6286
6287 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6288 catchpoints. */
6289
6290 static int
6291 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6292 {
6293 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6294 }
6295
6296 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6297 catchpoints. */
6298
6299 static int
6300 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6301 {
6302 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6303 }
6304
6305 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6306 catchpoints. */
6307
6308 static int
6309 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6310 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6311 {
6312 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &bl->owner->forked_inferior_pid);
6313 }
6314
6315 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6316 catchpoints. */
6317
6318 static enum print_stop_action
6319 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6320 {
6321 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6322 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
6323 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
6324 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6325 }
6326
6327 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6328 catchpoints. */
6329
6330 static void
6331 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6332 {
6333 struct value_print_options opts;
6334
6335 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6336
6337 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6338 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6339 readable). */
6340 if (opts.addressprint)
6341 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6342 annotate_field (5);
6343 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6344 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6345 {
6346 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6347 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6348 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
6349 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6350 }
6351 }
6352
6353 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6354 catchpoints. */
6355
6356 static void
6357 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6358 {
6359 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6360 }
6361
6362 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6363 catchpoints. */
6364
6365 static void
6366 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6367 {
6368 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6369 }
6370
6371 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6372
6373 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops =
6374 {
6375 insert_catch_fork,
6376 remove_catch_fork,
6377 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork,
6378 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6379 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6380 print_it_catch_fork,
6381 print_one_catch_fork,
6382 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6383 print_mention_catch_fork,
6384 print_recreate_catch_fork
6385 };
6386
6387 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6388 catchpoints. */
6389
6390 static int
6391 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6392 {
6393 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6394 }
6395
6396 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6397 catchpoints. */
6398
6399 static int
6400 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6401 {
6402 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6403 }
6404
6405 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6406 catchpoints. */
6407
6408 static int
6409 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6410 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6411 {
6412 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &bl->owner->forked_inferior_pid);
6413 }
6414
6415 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6416 catchpoints. */
6417
6418 static enum print_stop_action
6419 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6420 {
6421 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6422 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
6423 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
6424 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6425 }
6426
6427 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6428 catchpoints. */
6429
6430 static void
6431 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6432 {
6433 struct value_print_options opts;
6434
6435 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6436 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6437 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6438 readable). */
6439 if (opts.addressprint)
6440 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6441 annotate_field (5);
6442 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6443 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6444 {
6445 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6446 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6447 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
6448 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6449 }
6450 }
6451
6452 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6453 catchpoints. */
6454
6455 static void
6456 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6457 {
6458 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6459 }
6460
6461 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6462 catchpoints. */
6463
6464 static void
6465 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6466 {
6467 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6468 }
6469
6470 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6471
6472 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops =
6473 {
6474 insert_catch_vfork,
6475 remove_catch_vfork,
6476 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork,
6477 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6478 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6479 print_it_catch_vfork,
6480 print_one_catch_vfork,
6481 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6482 print_mention_catch_vfork,
6483 print_recreate_catch_vfork
6484 };
6485
6486 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6487 catchpoints. */
6488
6489 static int
6490 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6491 {
6492 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6493
6494 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6495 if (!bl->owner->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6496 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6497 else
6498 {
6499 int i, iter;
6500
6501 for (i = 0;
6502 VEC_iterate (int, bl->owner->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6503 i++)
6504 {
6505 int elem;
6506
6507 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6508 {
6509 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6510 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6511 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6512 uintptr_t vec_addr;
6513 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6514 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6515 vec_addr_offset;
6516 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6517 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6518 }
6519 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6520 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6521 }
6522 }
6523
6524 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6525 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6526 inf->any_syscall_count,
6527 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6528 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6529 }
6530
6531 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6532 catchpoints. */
6533
6534 static int
6535 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6536 {
6537 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6538
6539 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6540 if (!bl->owner->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6541 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6542 else
6543 {
6544 int i, iter;
6545
6546 for (i = 0;
6547 VEC_iterate (int, bl->owner->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6548 i++)
6549 {
6550 int elem;
6551 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6552 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6553 continue;
6554 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6555 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6556 }
6557 }
6558
6559 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6560 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6561 inf->any_syscall_count,
6562 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6563 VEC_address (int,
6564 inf->syscalls_counts));
6565 }
6566
6567 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6568 catchpoints. */
6569
6570 static int
6571 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6572 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6573 {
6574 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6575 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6576 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6577 int syscall_number = 0;
6578 const struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
6579
6580 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number))
6581 return 0;
6582
6583 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6584 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6585 {
6586 int i, iter;
6587
6588 for (i = 0;
6589 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6590 i++)
6591 if (syscall_number == iter)
6592 break;
6593 /* Not the same. */
6594 if (!iter)
6595 return 0;
6596 }
6597
6598 return 1;
6599 }
6600
6601 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6602 catchpoints. */
6603
6604 static enum print_stop_action
6605 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6606 {
6607 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6608 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6609 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6610 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6611 ptid_t ptid;
6612 struct target_waitstatus last;
6613 struct syscall s;
6614 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6615 char *syscall_id;
6616
6617 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6618
6619 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6620
6621 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6622
6623 if (s.name == NULL)
6624 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("%d", last.value.syscall_number);
6625 else
6626 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("'%s'", s.name);
6627
6628 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, syscall_id);
6629
6630 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6631 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6632 b->number, syscall_id);
6633 else if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
6634 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6635 b->number, syscall_id);
6636
6637 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6638
6639 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6640 }
6641
6642 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6643 catchpoints. */
6644
6645 static void
6646 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6647 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6648 {
6649 struct value_print_options opts;
6650
6651 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6652 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6653 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6654 readable). */
6655 if (opts.addressprint)
6656 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6657 annotate_field (5);
6658
6659 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught
6660 && VEC_length (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6661 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6662 else
6663 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
6664
6665 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6666 {
6667 int i, iter;
6668 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6669
6670 for (i = 0;
6671 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6672 i++)
6673 {
6674 char *x = text;
6675 struct syscall s;
6676 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6677
6678 if (s.name != NULL)
6679 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
6680 else
6681 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
6682
6683 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6684 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
6685 on every call. */
6686 xfree (x);
6687 }
6688 /* Remove the last comma. */
6689 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
6690 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
6691 }
6692 else
6693 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
6694 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6695 }
6696
6697 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6698 catchpoints. */
6699
6700 static void
6701 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6702 {
6703 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6704 {
6705 int i, iter;
6706
6707 if (VEC_length (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6708 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
6709 else
6710 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
6711
6712 for (i = 0;
6713 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6714 i++)
6715 {
6716 struct syscall s;
6717 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6718
6719 if (s.name)
6720 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
6721 else
6722 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
6723 }
6724 printf_filtered (")");
6725 }
6726 else
6727 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6728 b->number);
6729 }
6730
6731 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6732 catchpoints. */
6733
6734 static void
6735 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6736 {
6737 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
6738
6739 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6740 {
6741 int i, iter;
6742
6743 for (i = 0;
6744 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6745 i++)
6746 {
6747 struct syscall s;
6748
6749 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6750 if (s.name)
6751 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
6752 else
6753 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
6754 }
6755 }
6756 }
6757
6758 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6759
6760 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops =
6761 {
6762 insert_catch_syscall,
6763 remove_catch_syscall,
6764 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall,
6765 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6766 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6767 print_it_catch_syscall,
6768 print_one_catch_syscall,
6769 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6770 print_mention_catch_syscall,
6771 print_recreate_catch_syscall
6772 };
6773
6774 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6775
6776 static int
6777 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6778 {
6779 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
6780 }
6781
6782 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
6783 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
6784 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
6785 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
6786
6787 static void
6788 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6789 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6790 char *cond_string,
6791 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6792 {
6793 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6794
6795 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6796
6797 init_sal (&sal);
6798 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
6799
6800 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint);
6801 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6802 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6803
6804 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
6805 b->thread = -1;
6806 b->addr_string = NULL;
6807 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6808 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6809 b->ops = ops;
6810 }
6811
6812 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
6813 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
6814 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
6815 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
6816
6817 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6818 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6819 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6820 to the catchpoint. */
6821
6822 static struct breakpoint *
6823 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6824 char *cond_string,
6825 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6826 {
6827 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6828
6829 init_catchpoint (b, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6830 return b;
6831 }
6832
6833 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
6834
6835 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6836 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6837 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6838 to the catchpoint. */
6839
6840 static struct breakpoint *
6841 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6842 char *cond_string, struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6843 {
6844 struct breakpoint *b =
6845 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6846
6847 mention (b);
6848 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
6849 update_global_location_list (1);
6850
6851 return b;
6852 }
6853
6854 static void
6855 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6856 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6857 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6858 {
6859 struct breakpoint *b
6860 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6861
6862 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
6863 area. */
6864 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
6865 }
6866
6867 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6868
6869 static int
6870 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6871 {
6872 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6873 }
6874
6875 static int
6876 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6877 {
6878 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6879 }
6880
6881 static int
6882 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
6883 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6884 {
6885 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &bl->owner->exec_pathname);
6886 }
6887
6888 static enum print_stop_action
6889 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6890 {
6891 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6892 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number,
6893 b->exec_pathname);
6894 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6895 }
6896
6897 static void
6898 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6899 {
6900 struct value_print_options opts;
6901
6902 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6903
6904 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6905 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6906 is relatively readable). */
6907 if (opts.addressprint)
6908 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6909 annotate_field (5);
6910 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
6911 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
6912 {
6913 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
6914 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
6915 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6916 }
6917 }
6918
6919 static void
6920 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6921 {
6922 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
6923 }
6924
6925 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6926 catchpoints. */
6927
6928 static void
6929 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6930 {
6931 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
6932 }
6933
6934 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops =
6935 {
6936 insert_catch_exec,
6937 remove_catch_exec,
6938 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec,
6939 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6940 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6941 print_it_catch_exec,
6942 print_one_catch_exec,
6943 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6944 print_mention_catch_exec,
6945 print_recreate_catch_exec
6946 };
6947
6948 static void
6949 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
6950 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6951 {
6952 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6953 struct breakpoint *b =
6954 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
6955
6956 b->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
6957
6958 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
6959 location list. */
6960 mention (b);
6961 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
6962 update_global_location_list (1);
6963 }
6964
6965 static int
6966 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6967 {
6968 int i = 0;
6969 struct breakpoint *b;
6970 struct bp_location *bl;
6971
6972 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6973 {
6974 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6975 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6976 {
6977 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6978 one register. */
6979 if (b->ops && b->ops->resources_needed)
6980 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6981 else
6982 i++;
6983 }
6984 }
6985
6986 return i;
6987 }
6988
6989 static int
6990 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
6991 {
6992 int i = 0;
6993 struct breakpoint *b;
6994 struct bp_location *bl;
6995
6996 *other_type_used = 0;
6997 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6998 {
6999 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7000 continue;
7001
7002 if (b->type == type)
7003 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7004 {
7005 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
7006 one register. */
7007 if (b->ops && b->ops->resources_needed)
7008 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7009 else
7010 i++;
7011 }
7012 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
7013 *other_type_used = 1;
7014 }
7015
7016 return i;
7017 }
7018
7019 void
7020 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7021 {
7022 struct breakpoint *b;
7023
7024 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7025 {
7026 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7027 {
7028 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
7029 update_global_location_list (0);
7030 }
7031 }
7032 }
7033
7034 void
7035 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7036 {
7037 struct breakpoint *b;
7038
7039 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7040 {
7041 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7042 {
7043 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7044 update_global_location_list (1);
7045 }
7046 }
7047 }
7048
7049 void
7050 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7051 {
7052 struct breakpoint *b;
7053 int found = 0;
7054
7055 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7056 {
7057 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
7058 continue;
7059
7060 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7061 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7062 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7063 {
7064 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7065 found = 1;
7066 }
7067 }
7068
7069 if (found)
7070 update_global_location_list (0);
7071
7072 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
7073 }
7074
7075 void
7076 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7077 {
7078 struct breakpoint *b;
7079 int found = 0;
7080
7081 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
7082
7083 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7084 {
7085 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
7086 continue;
7087
7088 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7089 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7090 && b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
7091 {
7092 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7093 found = 1;
7094 }
7095 }
7096
7097 if (found)
7098 breakpoint_re_set ();
7099 }
7100
7101
7102 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7103 at address specified by SAL.
7104 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7105
7106 struct breakpoint *
7107 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
7108 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
7109 {
7110 struct breakpoint *b;
7111
7112 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7113 one. */
7114 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
7115
7116 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
7117 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7118 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7119 b->frame_id = frame_id;
7120
7121 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7122 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7123 control. */
7124 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7125 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7126
7127 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7128
7129 return b;
7130 }
7131
7132 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7133 ORIG is NULL. */
7134
7135 struct breakpoint *
7136 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7137 {
7138 struct breakpoint *copy;
7139
7140 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7141 if (orig == NULL)
7142 return NULL;
7143
7144 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, orig->type);
7145 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
7146 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
7147
7148 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
7149 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
7150 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
7151 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
7152 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
7153
7154 if (orig->source_file == NULL)
7155 copy->source_file = NULL;
7156 else
7157 copy->source_file = xstrdup (orig->source_file);
7158
7159 copy->line_number = orig->line_number;
7160 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
7161 copy->thread = orig->thread;
7162 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
7163
7164 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7165 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7166 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
7167
7168 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7169 return copy;
7170 }
7171
7172 struct breakpoint *
7173 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7174 enum bptype type)
7175 {
7176 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7177
7178 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7179 sal.pc = pc;
7180 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7181 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7182
7183 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7184 }
7185 \f
7186
7187 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7188
7189 static void
7190 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7191 {
7192 int say_where = 0;
7193 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
7194 struct value_print_options opts;
7195
7196 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7197
7198 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
7199 b->ops->print_mention (b);
7200 else
7201 switch (b->type)
7202 {
7203 case bp_none:
7204 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "),
7205 b->number);
7206 break;
7207 case bp_watchpoint:
7208 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
7209 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
7210 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7211 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7212 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7213 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7214 break;
7215 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7216 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
7217 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
7218 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7219 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7220 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7221 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7222 break;
7223 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7224 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
7225 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
7226 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7227 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7228 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7229 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7230 break;
7231 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7232 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
7233 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
7234 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7235 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7236 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7237 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7238 break;
7239 case bp_breakpoint:
7240 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7241 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7242 {
7243 say_where = 0;
7244 break;
7245 }
7246 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7247 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
7248 else
7249 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
7250 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7251 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
7252 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
7253 say_where = 1;
7254 break;
7255 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7256 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7257 {
7258 say_where = 0;
7259 break;
7260 }
7261 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
7262 say_where = 1;
7263 break;
7264 case bp_tracepoint:
7265 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7266 {
7267 say_where = 0;
7268 break;
7269 }
7270 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
7271 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7272 say_where = 1;
7273 break;
7274 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7275 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7276 {
7277 say_where = 0;
7278 break;
7279 }
7280 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
7281 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7282 say_where = 1;
7283 break;
7284 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7285 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7286 {
7287 say_where = 0;
7288 break;
7289 }
7290 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
7291 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7292 say_where = 1;
7293 break;
7294
7295 case bp_until:
7296 case bp_finish:
7297 case bp_longjmp:
7298 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7299 case bp_exception:
7300 case bp_exception_resume:
7301 case bp_step_resume:
7302 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7303 case bp_call_dummy:
7304 case bp_std_terminate:
7305 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7306 case bp_shlib_event:
7307 case bp_thread_event:
7308 case bp_overlay_event:
7309 case bp_jit_event:
7310 case bp_longjmp_master:
7311 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7312 case bp_exception_master:
7313 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7314 break;
7315 }
7316
7317 if (say_where)
7318 {
7319 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
7320 single string. */
7321 if (b->loc == NULL)
7322 {
7323 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
7324 }
7325 else
7326 {
7327 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
7328 {
7329 printf_filtered (" at ");
7330 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
7331 gdb_stdout);
7332 }
7333 if (b->source_file)
7334 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
7335 b->source_file, b->line_number);
7336
7337 if (b->loc->next)
7338 {
7339 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
7340 int n = 0;
7341 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7342 ++n;
7343 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
7344 }
7345
7346 }
7347 }
7348 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7349 return;
7350 printf_filtered ("\n");
7351 }
7352 \f
7353
7354 static struct bp_location *
7355 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7356 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7357 {
7358 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7359
7360 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7361 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7362 ;
7363 *tmp = loc;
7364 loc->gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7365 if (!loc->gdbarch)
7366 loc->gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7367 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7368 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7369 loc->requested_address, b->type);
7370 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7371 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7372 loc->section = sal->section;
7373
7374 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7375 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7376 return loc;
7377 }
7378 \f
7379
7380 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7381 return 0 otherwise. */
7382
7383 static int
7384 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7385 {
7386 int len;
7387 CORE_ADDR addr;
7388 const gdb_byte *brk;
7389 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7390 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7391 int retval = 0;
7392
7393 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7394
7395 addr = loc->address;
7396 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7397
7398 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7399 if (brk == NULL)
7400 return 0;
7401
7402 target_mem = alloca (len);
7403
7404 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7405 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7406 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7407 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7408
7409 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7410 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7411
7412 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7413 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
7414 retval = 1;
7415
7416 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7417
7418 return retval;
7419 }
7420
7421
7422
7423 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7424 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7425 as condition expression. */
7426
7427 static void
7428 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7429 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7430 char *cond_string,
7431 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7432 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7433 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7434 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7435 {
7436 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
7437 int i;
7438
7439 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7440 {
7441 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7442 int target_resources_ok =
7443 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7444 i + 1, 0);
7445 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7446 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7447 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7448 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7449 }
7450
7451 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7452
7453 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7454 {
7455 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7456 struct bp_location *loc;
7457
7458 if (from_tty)
7459 {
7460 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7461 if (!loc_gdbarch)
7462 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7463
7464 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7465 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7466 }
7467
7468 if (i == 0)
7469 {
7470 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
7471 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
7472 b->thread = thread;
7473 b->task = task;
7474
7475 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7476 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7477 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7478 b->disposition = disposition;
7479 b->pspace = sals.sals[0].pspace;
7480
7481 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7482 {
7483 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7484
7485 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string))
7486 {
7487 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7488 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7489 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7490 char *endp;
7491 char *marker_str;
7492 int i;
7493
7494 p = skip_spaces (p);
7495
7496 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7497
7498 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7499 b->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7500
7501 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7502 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7503 b->static_trace_marker_id);
7504 }
7505 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7506 {
7507 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7508 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7509
7510 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7511 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7512 b->static_trace_marker_id);
7513 }
7514 else
7515 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7516 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7517 }
7518
7519 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
7520 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
7521 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
7522 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7523
7524 loc = b->loc;
7525 }
7526 else
7527 {
7528 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7529 }
7530
7531 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7532 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7533
7534 if (b->cond_string)
7535 {
7536 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7537 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7538 if (*arg)
7539 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7540 }
7541 }
7542
7543 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7544 if (addr_string)
7545 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7546 else
7547 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7548 me. */
7549 b->addr_string
7550 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7551
7552 b->ops = ops;
7553 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
7554 notify observers. */
7555 if (!internal)
7556 mention (b);
7557 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
7558 }
7559
7560 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
7561 elements to fill the void space. */
7562 static void
7563 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
7564 {
7565 int i = index_to_remove+1;
7566 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
7567
7568 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
7569 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
7570
7571 --(sal->nelts);
7572 }
7573
7574 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
7575 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
7576 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
7577 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
7578 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
7579 single expanded sal, return the original.
7580
7581 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
7582 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
7583 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
7584 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
7585 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
7586
7587 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7588 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7589 {
7590 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7591 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
7592 char *original_function = NULL;
7593 int found;
7594 int i;
7595 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7596
7597 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7598 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7599 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
7600 {
7601 expanded.nelts = 1;
7602 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7603 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7604 return expanded;
7605 }
7606
7607 sal.pc = 0;
7608
7609 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7610
7611 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
7612
7613 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
7614
7615 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7616 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
7617
7618 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
7619 {
7620 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7621 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7622 xfree (expanded.sals);
7623 expanded.nelts = 1;
7624 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7625 sal.pc = original_pc;
7626 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7627 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[0]);
7628 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7629 return expanded;
7630 }
7631
7632 if (!sal.explicit_line)
7633 {
7634 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
7635 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7636 {
7637 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
7638 char *this_function;
7639
7640 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7641 read memory. */
7642 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded.sals[i].pspace);
7643
7644 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
7645 &func_addr, &func_end))
7646 {
7647 if (this_function
7648 && strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
7649 {
7650 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
7651 --i;
7652 }
7653 }
7654 }
7655 }
7656
7657 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7658 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7659 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[i]);
7660
7661 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7662
7663 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
7664 {
7665 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero expanded sals
7666 then something is really wrong. Fix that by returning the
7667 original sal. */
7668
7669 xfree (expanded.sals);
7670 expanded.nelts = 1;
7671 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7672 sal.pc = original_pc;
7673 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7674 return expanded;
7675 }
7676
7677 if (original_pc)
7678 {
7679 found = 0;
7680 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7681 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
7682 {
7683 found = 1;
7684 break;
7685 }
7686 gdb_assert (found);
7687 }
7688
7689 return expanded;
7690 }
7691
7692 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7693 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7694 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7695 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7696 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7697 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7698 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7699 we take just a single condition string.
7700
7701 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7702 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7703 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7704 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7705 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7706
7707 static void
7708 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7709 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
7710 struct linespec_result *canonical,
7711 char *cond_string,
7712 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7713 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7714 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7715 int enabled, int internal)
7716 {
7717 int i;
7718
7719 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7720 {
7721 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
7722 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
7723
7724 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, canonical->canonical[i],
7725 cond_string, type, disposition,
7726 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7727 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7728 canonical->special_display);
7729 }
7730 }
7731
7732 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7733 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7734 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7735 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7736
7737 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7738 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7739
7740 static void
7741 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7742 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
7743 struct linespec_result *canonical)
7744 {
7745 char *addr_start = *address;
7746
7747 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7748 breakpoint. */
7749 if ((*address) == NULL
7750 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7751 {
7752 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
7753 {
7754 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7755
7756 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7757 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7758 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7759 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
7760 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
7761 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
7762 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
7763 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7764
7765 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7766 where PC is the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure
7767 to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to
7768 expand the list of sals to include all other instances
7769 with the same symtab and line. */
7770 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7771
7772 sals->sals[0] = sal;
7773 sals->nelts = 1;
7774 }
7775 else
7776 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7777 }
7778 else
7779 {
7780 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7781 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7782 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7783 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7784
7785 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7786 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7787
7788 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7789
7790 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7791 && (!cursal.symtab
7792 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
7793 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
7794 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
7795 default_breakpoint_line, canonical);
7796 else
7797 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7798 canonical);
7799 }
7800 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7801 if (sals->nelts > 0 && canonical->canonical == NULL)
7802 canonical->canonical = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char *));
7803 if (addr_start != (*address))
7804 {
7805 int i;
7806
7807 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7808 {
7809 /* Add the string if not present. */
7810 if (canonical->canonical[i] == NULL)
7811 canonical->canonical[i] = savestring (addr_start,
7812 (*address) - addr_start);
7813 }
7814 }
7815 }
7816
7817
7818 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7819 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7820
7821 static void
7822 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7823 {
7824 int i;
7825
7826 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7827 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7828 }
7829
7830 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7831 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7832 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7833 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7834 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7835 it, etc. */
7836
7837 static void
7838 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7839 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7840 {
7841 int i, rslt;
7842 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7843 char *msg;
7844 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7845
7846 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7847 {
7848 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7849
7850 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch, sal->pc,
7851 NULL, &msg);
7852 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7853
7854 if (!rslt)
7855 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7856 paddress (gdbarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7857
7858 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7859 }
7860 }
7861
7862 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7863 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7864 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7865 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7866 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7867 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7868 static void
7869 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7870 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7871 {
7872 *cond_string = NULL;
7873 *thread = -1;
7874 while (tok && *tok)
7875 {
7876 char *end_tok;
7877 int toklen;
7878 char *cond_start = NULL;
7879 char *cond_end = NULL;
7880
7881 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7882
7883 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7884
7885 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7886
7887 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7888 {
7889 struct expression *expr;
7890
7891 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7892 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7893 xfree (expr);
7894 cond_end = tok;
7895 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7896 cond_end - cond_start);
7897 }
7898 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7899 {
7900 char *tmptok;
7901
7902 tok = end_tok + 1;
7903 tmptok = tok;
7904 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7905 if (tok == tmptok)
7906 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7907 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7908 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7909 }
7910 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7911 {
7912 char *tmptok;
7913
7914 tok = end_tok + 1;
7915 tmptok = tok;
7916 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7917 if (tok == tmptok)
7918 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7919 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
7920 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
7921 }
7922 else
7923 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7924 }
7925 }
7926
7927 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7928
7929 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7930 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
7931 {
7932 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
7933 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7934 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7935 struct symbol *sym;
7936 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7937 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
7938 char *endp;
7939 char *marker_str;
7940 int i;
7941
7942 p = skip_spaces (p);
7943
7944 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7945
7946 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7947 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
7948
7949 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
7950 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
7951 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
7952
7953 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
7954 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
7955
7956 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7957 {
7958 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
7959
7960 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
7961
7962 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
7963
7964 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
7965 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
7966
7967 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
7968 }
7969
7970 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7971
7972 *arg_p = endp;
7973 return sals;
7974 }
7975
7976 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7977 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7978 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7979 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7980 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7981 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7982 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7983 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7984 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7985 false otherwise. */
7986
7987 int
7988 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7989 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
7990 int parse_condition_and_thread,
7991 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
7992 int ignore_count,
7993 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
7994 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
7995 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
7996 {
7997 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
7998 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7999 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
8000 char *copy_arg;
8001 char *addr_start = arg;
8002 struct linespec_result canonical;
8003 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8004 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
8005 int i;
8006 int pending = 0;
8007 int task = 0;
8008 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
8009
8010 sals.sals = NULL;
8011 sals.nelts = 0;
8012 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
8013
8014 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (arg))
8015 {
8016 int i;
8017
8018 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
8019
8020 copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, arg - addr_start);
8021 canonical.canonical = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (char *));
8022 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8023 canonical.canonical[i] = xstrdup (copy_arg);
8024 goto done;
8025 }
8026
8027 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
8028 {
8029 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &sals, &canonical);
8030 }
8031
8032 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
8033 switch (e.reason)
8034 {
8035 case RETURN_QUIT:
8036 throw_exception (e);
8037 case RETURN_ERROR:
8038 switch (e.error)
8039 {
8040 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
8041
8042 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
8043 error. */
8044
8045 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
8046 throw_exception (e);
8047
8048 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
8049
8050 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
8051 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
8052 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
8053 && !nquery (_("Make breakpoint pending on "
8054 "future shared library load? ")))
8055 return 0;
8056
8057 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
8058 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8059 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8060 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8061 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
8062 canonical.canonical = &copy_arg;
8063 sals.nelts = 1;
8064 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
8065 pending_sal.pc = 0;
8066 pending = 1;
8067 break;
8068 default:
8069 throw_exception (e);
8070 }
8071 break;
8072 default:
8073 if (!sals.nelts)
8074 return 0;
8075 }
8076
8077 done:
8078
8079 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8080 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
8081
8082 if (!pending)
8083 {
8084 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
8085 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
8086
8087 /* Cleanup the canonical array but not its contents. */
8088 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical.canonical);
8089 }
8090
8091 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8092 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8093 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8094 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8095 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
8096
8097 /* Mark the contents of the canonical for cleanup. These go on
8098 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
8099 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8100 {
8101 if (canonical.canonical[i] != NULL)
8102 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical.canonical[i]);
8103 }
8104
8105 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8106 are ok for the target. */
8107 if (!pending)
8108 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals);
8109
8110 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8111 if (type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
8112 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &sals);
8113
8114 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8115 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8116 breakpoint. */
8117 if (!pending)
8118 {
8119 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
8120 {
8121 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8122 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8123 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8124 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8125 cond_string = NULL;
8126 thread = -1;
8127 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
8128 &thread, &task);
8129 if (cond_string)
8130 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8131 }
8132 else
8133 {
8134 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8135 if (cond_string)
8136 {
8137 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
8138 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8139 }
8140 }
8141
8142 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
8143 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
8144 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
8145 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
8146 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
8147 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
8148 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint
8149 && is_marker_spec (canonical.canonical[0]))
8150 {
8151 int i;
8152
8153 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8154 {
8155 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
8156 struct breakpoint *tp;
8157 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8158
8159 expanded.nelts = 1;
8160 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
8161 expanded.sals[0] = sals.sals[i];
8162 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, expanded.sals);
8163
8164 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, canonical.canonical[i],
8165 cond_string, type_wanted,
8166 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8167 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8168 from_tty, enabled, internal,
8169 canonical.special_display);
8170
8171 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8172
8173 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
8174 if (internal)
8175 tp = get_breakpoint (internal_breakpoint_number);
8176 else
8177 tp = get_breakpoint (breakpoint_count);
8178 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
8179
8180 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
8181 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
8182 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
8183 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
8184 try to match up which of the newly found markers
8185 corresponds to this one */
8186 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
8187 }
8188 }
8189 else
8190 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, sals, &canonical, cond_string,
8191 type_wanted,
8192 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8193 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
8194 enabled, internal);
8195 }
8196 else
8197 {
8198 struct breakpoint *b;
8199
8200 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
8201
8202 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch, type_wanted);
8203 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8204 b->thread = -1;
8205 b->addr_string = canonical.canonical[0];
8206 b->cond_string = NULL;
8207 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8208 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8209 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
8210 b->ops = ops;
8211 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8212 b->pspace = current_program_space;
8213 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
8214
8215 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
8216 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
8217 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
8218 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
8219
8220 if (!internal)
8221 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number,
8222 but do notify observers. */
8223 mention (b);
8224 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8225 }
8226
8227 if (sals.nelts > 1)
8228 {
8229 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8230 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8231 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
8232 }
8233
8234 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8235 breakpoint. */
8236 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
8237 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8238 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8239
8240 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8241 update_global_location_list (1);
8242
8243 return 1;
8244 }
8245
8246 /* Set a breakpoint.
8247 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8248 condition, and thread.
8249 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8250 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8251 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
8252
8253 static void
8254 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
8255 {
8256 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
8257 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8258 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8259 : bp_breakpoint);
8260
8261 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8262 arg,
8263 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8264 tempflag, type_wanted,
8265 0 /* Ignore count */,
8266 pending_break_support,
8267 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
8268 from_tty,
8269 1 /* enabled */,
8270 0 /* internal */);
8271 }
8272
8273
8274 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8275
8276 void
8277 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8278 {
8279 CORE_ADDR pc;
8280
8281 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8282 {
8283 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
8284 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8285 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
8286 sal->pc = pc;
8287
8288 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8289 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8290 if (sal->explicit_line)
8291 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
8292 }
8293
8294 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8295 {
8296 struct blockvector *bv;
8297 struct block *b;
8298 struct symbol *sym;
8299
8300 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
8301 if (bv != NULL)
8302 {
8303 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
8304 if (sym != NULL)
8305 {
8306 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
8307 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
8308 }
8309 else
8310 {
8311 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8312 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8313 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8314 happen in assembly source). */
8315
8316 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8317 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8318
8319 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8320
8321 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8322 if (msym)
8323 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8324
8325 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8326 }
8327 }
8328 }
8329 }
8330
8331 void
8332 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8333 {
8334 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8335 }
8336
8337 void
8338 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8339 {
8340 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8341 }
8342
8343 static void
8344 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8345 {
8346 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8347 }
8348
8349 static void
8350 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8351 {
8352 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8353 }
8354
8355 static void
8356 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8357 {
8358 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8359 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8360 stop at <line>\n"));
8361 }
8362
8363 static void
8364 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8365 {
8366 int badInput = 0;
8367
8368 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8369 badInput = 1;
8370 else if (*arg != '*')
8371 {
8372 char *argptr = arg;
8373 int hasColon = 0;
8374
8375 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8376 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8377 function/method name. */
8378 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8379 {
8380 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8381 argptr++;
8382 }
8383
8384 if (hasColon)
8385 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8386 else
8387 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8388 }
8389
8390 if (badInput)
8391 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8392 else
8393 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8394 }
8395
8396 static void
8397 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8398 {
8399 int badInput = 0;
8400
8401 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8402 badInput = 1;
8403 else
8404 {
8405 char *argptr = arg;
8406 int hasColon = 0;
8407
8408 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8409 it is probably a line number. */
8410 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8411 {
8412 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8413 argptr++;
8414 }
8415
8416 if (hasColon)
8417 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8418 else
8419 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8420 }
8421
8422 if (badInput)
8423 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8424 else
8425 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8426 }
8427
8428 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8429 ranged breakpoints. */
8430
8431 static int
8432 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8433 struct address_space *aspace,
8434 CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8435 {
8436 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8437 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8438 }
8439
8440 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8441 ranged breakpoints. */
8442
8443 static int
8444 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8445 {
8446 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8447 }
8448
8449 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8450 ranged breakpoints. */
8451
8452 static enum print_stop_action
8453 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8454 {
8455 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8456
8457 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8458
8459 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8460 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8461
8462 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8463 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8464 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8465 else
8466 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8467 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8468 {
8469 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8470 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8471 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8472 }
8473 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8474 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8475
8476 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8477 }
8478
8479 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8480 ranged breakpoints. */
8481
8482 static void
8483 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8484 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8485 {
8486 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8487 struct value_print_options opts;
8488
8489 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8490 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8491
8492 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8493
8494 if (opts.addressprint)
8495 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8496 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8497 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8498 annotate_field (5);
8499 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8500 *last_loc = bl;
8501 }
8502
8503 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8504 ranged breakpoints. */
8505
8506 static void
8507 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8508 struct ui_out *uiout)
8509 {
8510 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8511 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8512 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8513 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8514
8515 gdb_assert (bl);
8516
8517 address_start = bl->address;
8518 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8519
8520 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8521 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8522 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8523 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8524 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8525 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8526
8527 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8528 }
8529
8530 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8531 ranged breakpoints. */
8532
8533 static void
8534 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8535 {
8536 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8537
8538 gdb_assert (bl);
8539 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8540
8541 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8542 return;
8543
8544 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8545 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8546 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8547 }
8548
8549 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8550 ranged breakpoints. */
8551
8552 static void
8553 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8554 {
8555 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8556 b->addr_string_range_end);
8557 }
8558
8559 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8560
8561 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops =
8562 {
8563 NULL, /* insert */
8564 NULL, /* remove */
8565 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint,
8566 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint,
8567 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
8568 print_it_ranged_breakpoint,
8569 print_one_ranged_breakpoint,
8570 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint,
8571 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint,
8572 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
8573 };
8574
8575 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8576 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8577 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8578 last instruction of the given line. */
8579
8580 static CORE_ADDR
8581 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8582 {
8583 CORE_ADDR end;
8584
8585 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8586 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8587 if (sal.explicit_pc)
8588 end = sal.pc;
8589 else
8590 {
8591 int ret;
8592 CORE_ADDR start;
8593
8594 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8595 if (!ret)
8596 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8597
8598 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8599 end--;
8600 }
8601
8602 return end;
8603 }
8604
8605 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8606
8607 static void
8608 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8609 {
8610 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8611 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8612 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8613 CORE_ADDR end;
8614 struct breakpoint *b;
8615 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8616 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_start, sals_end;
8617 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8618
8619 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8620 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8621 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8622
8623 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8624 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8625 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8626 bp_count, 0);
8627 if (can_use_bp < 0)
8628 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8629
8630 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8631 error(_("No address range specified."));
8632
8633 sals_start.sals = NULL;
8634 sals_start.nelts = 0;
8635 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8636
8637 while (*arg == ' ' || *arg == '\t')
8638 arg++;
8639
8640 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &sals_start, &canonical_start);
8641
8642 sal_start = sals_start.sals[0];
8643 addr_string_start = canonical_start.canonical[0];
8644 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8645 xfree (sals_start.sals);
8646 xfree (canonical_start.canonical);
8647
8648 if (arg[0] != ',')
8649 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8650 else if (sals_start.nelts == 0)
8651 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8652 else if (sals_start.nelts != 1)
8653 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8654
8655 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_start);
8656
8657 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
8658 while (*arg == ' ' || *arg == '\t')
8659 arg++;
8660
8661 /* Parse the end location. */
8662
8663 sals_end.sals = NULL;
8664 sals_end.nelts = 0;
8665 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8666 arg_start = arg;
8667
8668 /* We call decode_line_1 directly here instead of using
8669 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8670 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8671 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8672 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8673 sals_end = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8674 &canonical_end);
8675
8676 /* canonical_end can be NULL if it was of the form "*0xdeadbeef". */
8677 if (canonical_end.canonical == NULL)
8678 canonical_end.canonical = xcalloc (1, sizeof (char *));
8679 /* Add the string if not present. */
8680 if (arg_start != arg && canonical_end.canonical[0] == NULL)
8681 canonical_end.canonical[0] = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8682
8683 sal_end = sals_end.sals[0];
8684 addr_string_end = canonical_end.canonical[0];
8685 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8686 xfree (sals_end.sals);
8687 xfree (canonical_end.canonical);
8688
8689 if (sals_end.nelts == 0)
8690 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8691 else if (sals_end.nelts != 1)
8692 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8693
8694 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_end);
8695
8696 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8697 if (sal_start.pc > end)
8698 error (_("Invalid address range, end preceeds start."));
8699
8700 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8701 if (length < 0)
8702 /* Length overflowed. */
8703 error (_("Address range too large."));
8704 else if (length == 1)
8705 {
8706 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8707 the `hbreak' command. */
8708 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8709
8710 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8711
8712 return;
8713 }
8714
8715 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8716 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8717 bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8718 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8719 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8720 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8721 b->addr_string = addr_string_start;
8722 b->addr_string_range_end = addr_string_end;
8723 b->ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8724 b->loc->length = length;
8725
8726 discard_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8727
8728 mention (b);
8729 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8730 update_global_location_list (1);
8731 }
8732
8733 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8734 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8735 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8736 zero. */
8737 static int
8738 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8739 {
8740 int i = exp->nelts;
8741
8742 while (i > 0)
8743 {
8744 int oplenp, argsp;
8745
8746 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8747 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8748 i -= oplenp;
8749
8750 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8751 {
8752 case BINOP_ADD:
8753 case BINOP_SUB:
8754 case BINOP_MUL:
8755 case BINOP_DIV:
8756 case BINOP_REM:
8757 case BINOP_MOD:
8758 case BINOP_LSH:
8759 case BINOP_RSH:
8760 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8761 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8762 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8763 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8764 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8765 case BINOP_EQUAL:
8766 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8767 case BINOP_LESS:
8768 case BINOP_GTR:
8769 case BINOP_LEQ:
8770 case BINOP_GEQ:
8771 case BINOP_REPEAT:
8772 case BINOP_COMMA:
8773 case BINOP_EXP:
8774 case BINOP_MIN:
8775 case BINOP_MAX:
8776 case BINOP_INTDIV:
8777 case BINOP_CONCAT:
8778 case BINOP_IN:
8779 case BINOP_RANGE:
8780 case TERNOP_COND:
8781 case TERNOP_SLICE:
8782 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8783
8784 case OP_LONG:
8785 case OP_DOUBLE:
8786 case OP_DECFLOAT:
8787 case OP_LAST:
8788 case OP_COMPLEX:
8789 case OP_STRING:
8790 case OP_BITSTRING:
8791 case OP_ARRAY:
8792 case OP_TYPE:
8793 case OP_NAME:
8794 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8795
8796 case UNOP_NEG:
8797 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8798 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8799 case UNOP_ADDR:
8800 case UNOP_HIGH:
8801 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8802 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8803 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8804 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8805
8806 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8807 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8808 ADDR is. */
8809 break;
8810
8811 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
8812 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8813
8814 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8815 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8816 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8817 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8818
8819 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8820 are always constant. */
8821 {
8822 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8823
8824 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8825 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8826 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8827 return 0;
8828 break;
8829 }
8830
8831 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8832 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8833 then it is not a constant. */
8834 default:
8835 return 0;
8836 }
8837 }
8838
8839 return 1;
8840 }
8841
8842 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8843
8844 static int
8845 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8846 {
8847 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8848
8849 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8850 bl->owner->cond_exp);
8851 }
8852
8853 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8854
8855 static int
8856 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8857 {
8858 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8859
8860 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8861 bl->owner->cond_exp);
8862 }
8863
8864 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8865 hardware watchpoints. */
8866
8867 static int
8868 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8869 {
8870 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8871
8872 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8873 }
8874
8875 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8876 hardware watchpoints. */
8877
8878 int
8879 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8880 {
8881 return b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8882 }
8883
8884 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8885
8886 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops =
8887 {
8888 insert_watchpoint,
8889 remove_watchpoint,
8890 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
8891 resources_needed_watchpoint,
8892 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint,
8893 NULL, /* print_it */
8894 NULL, /* print_one */
8895 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
8896 NULL, /* print_mention */
8897 NULL /* print_recreate */
8898 };
8899
8900 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8901 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8902
8903 static int
8904 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8905 {
8906 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, bl->owner->hw_wp_mask,
8907 bl->watchpoint_type);
8908 }
8909
8910 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8911 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8912
8913 static int
8914 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8915 {
8916 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, bl->owner->hw_wp_mask,
8917 bl->watchpoint_type);
8918 }
8919
8920 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8921 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8922
8923 static int
8924 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8925 {
8926 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address,
8927 bl->owner->hw_wp_mask);
8928 }
8929
8930 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8931 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8932
8933 static int
8934 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8935 {
8936 return 0;
8937 }
8938
8939 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8940 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8941
8942 static enum print_stop_action
8943 print_it_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8944 {
8945 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8946 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8947
8948 switch (b->type)
8949 {
8950 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8951 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8952 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8953 ui_out_field_string
8954 (uiout, "reason",
8955 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8956 break;
8957
8958 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8959 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8960 ui_out_field_string
8961 (uiout, "reason",
8962 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8963 break;
8964
8965 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8966 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8967 ui_out_field_string
8968 (uiout, "reason",
8969 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8970 break;
8971 default:
8972 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8973 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8974 }
8975
8976 mention (b);
8977 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
8978 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
8979 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
8980 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8981
8982 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8983 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8984 }
8985
8986 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8987 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8988
8989 static void
8990 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8991 struct ui_out *uiout)
8992 {
8993 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8994 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8995
8996 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
8997 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, b->hw_wp_mask);
8998 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8999 }
9000
9001 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9002 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9003
9004 static void
9005 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9006 {
9007 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
9008
9009 switch (b->type)
9010 {
9011 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9012 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
9013 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9014 break;
9015 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9016 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
9017 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
9018 break;
9019 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9020 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9021 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
9022 break;
9023 default:
9024 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9025 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9026 }
9027
9028 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
9029 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
9030 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
9031 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
9032 }
9033
9034 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9035 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9036
9037 static void
9038 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9039 {
9040 char tmp[40];
9041
9042 switch (b->type)
9043 {
9044 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9045 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
9046 break;
9047 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9048 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9049 break;
9050 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9051 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9052 break;
9053 default:
9054 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9055 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9056 }
9057
9058 sprintf_vma (tmp, b->hw_wp_mask);
9059 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", b->exp_string, tmp);
9060 }
9061
9062 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9063
9064 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops =
9065 {
9066 insert_masked_watchpoint,
9067 remove_masked_watchpoint,
9068 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
9069 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint,
9070 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint,
9071 print_it_masked_watchpoint,
9072 NULL, /* print_one */
9073 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint,
9074 print_mention_masked_watchpoint,
9075 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
9076 };
9077
9078 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9079
9080 static int
9081 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9082 {
9083 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9084 }
9085
9086 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9087 hw_read: watch read,
9088 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9089 static void
9090 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
9091 int just_location, int internal)
9092 {
9093 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9094 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
9095 struct expression *exp;
9096 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
9097 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
9098 struct frame_info *frame;
9099 char *exp_start = NULL;
9100 char *exp_end = NULL;
9101 char *tok, *end_tok;
9102 int toklen = -1;
9103 char *cond_start = NULL;
9104 char *cond_end = NULL;
9105 enum bptype bp_type;
9106 int thread = -1;
9107 int pc = 0;
9108 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9109 the hardware watchpoint. */
9110 int use_mask = 0;
9111 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
9112
9113 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9114 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9115 {
9116 char *value_start;
9117
9118 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9119 of the arguments string. */
9120 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9121 {
9122 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9123 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9124 tok--;
9125
9126 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9127 This is the value of the parameter. */
9128 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9129 tok--;
9130 value_start = tok + 1;
9131
9132 /* Skip whitespace. */
9133 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9134 tok--;
9135
9136 end_tok = tok;
9137
9138 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9139 This is the parameter itself. */
9140 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9141 tok--;
9142 tok++;
9143 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9144
9145 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9146 {
9147 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9148 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9149 only in a specific thread. */
9150 char *endp;
9151
9152 if (thread != -1)
9153 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9154
9155 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9156 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9157
9158 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9159 thread ID. */
9160 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9161 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9162
9163 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9164 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9165 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9166 }
9167 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9168 {
9169 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9170 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9171 facility. */
9172 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9173
9174 if (use_mask)
9175 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9176
9177 use_mask = just_location = 1;
9178
9179 mark = value_mark ();
9180 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9181 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9182 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9183 }
9184 else
9185 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9186 break;
9187
9188 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9189 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9190 *tok = '\0';
9191 }
9192 }
9193
9194 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9195 innermost_block = NULL;
9196 exp_start = arg;
9197 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9198 exp_end = arg;
9199 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9200 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9201 prettier. */
9202 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9203 --exp_end;
9204
9205 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9206 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9207 {
9208 int len;
9209
9210 len = exp_end - exp_start;
9211 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9212 len--;
9213 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9214 }
9215
9216 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9217 mark = value_mark ();
9218 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9219
9220 if (just_location)
9221 {
9222 int ret;
9223
9224 exp_valid_block = NULL;
9225 val = value_addr (result);
9226 release_value (val);
9227 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9228
9229 if (use_mask)
9230 {
9231 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9232 mask);
9233 if (ret == -1)
9234 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9235 else if (ret == -2)
9236 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9237 }
9238 }
9239 else if (val != NULL)
9240 release_value (val);
9241
9242 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9243 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9244
9245 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9246 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9247 {
9248 struct expression *cond;
9249
9250 innermost_block = NULL;
9251 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9252 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9253
9254 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9255 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9256 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9257
9258 xfree (cond);
9259 cond_end = tok;
9260 }
9261 if (*tok)
9262 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9263
9264 if (accessflag == hw_read)
9265 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9266 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9267 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9268 else
9269 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9270
9271 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9272
9273 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9274 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9275 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9276 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9277 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9278 {
9279 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9280 {
9281 scope_breakpoint
9282 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9283 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9284 bp_watchpoint_scope);
9285
9286 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9287
9288 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9289 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9290
9291 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9292 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9293
9294 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9295 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9296 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9297 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9298 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9299 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9300 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9301 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9302 scope_breakpoint->type);
9303 }
9304 }
9305
9306 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9307 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL, bp_type);
9308 b->thread = thread;
9309 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9310 b->exp = exp;
9311 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9312 b->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9313 if (just_location)
9314 {
9315 struct type *t = value_type (val);
9316 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9317 char *name;
9318
9319 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9320 name = type_to_string (t);
9321
9322 b->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9323 core_addr_to_string (addr));
9324 xfree (name);
9325
9326 b->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9327 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9328
9329 /* The above expression is in C. */
9330 b->language = language_c;
9331 }
9332 else
9333 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9334
9335 if (use_mask)
9336 {
9337 b->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9338 b->ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9339 }
9340 else
9341 {
9342 b->val = val;
9343 b->val_valid = 1;
9344 b->ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9345 }
9346
9347 if (cond_start)
9348 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9349 else
9350 b->cond_string = 0;
9351
9352 if (frame)
9353 {
9354 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9355 b->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9356 }
9357 else
9358 {
9359 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9360 b->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9361 }
9362
9363 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9364 {
9365 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9366 need to act on them together. */
9367 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9368 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9369 }
9370
9371 if (!just_location)
9372 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9373
9374 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9375 {
9376 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9377 that should be inserted. */
9378 update_watchpoint (b, 1);
9379 }
9380 if (e.reason < 0)
9381 {
9382 delete_breakpoint (b);
9383 throw_exception (e);
9384 }
9385
9386 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
9387
9388 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
9389 notify observers. */
9390 if (!internal)
9391 mention (b);
9392 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
9393
9394 update_global_location_list (1);
9395 }
9396
9397 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9398 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9399
9400 static int
9401 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9402 {
9403 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9404 struct value *head = v;
9405
9406 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9407 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9408 return 0;
9409
9410 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9411 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9412 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9413 hardware watchpoint.
9414
9415 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9416 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9417 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9418 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9419 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9420 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9421 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9422 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9423 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9424
9425 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9426 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9427 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9428 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9429 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9430 {
9431 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9432 {
9433 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9434 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9435 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9436 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9437 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9438 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9439 ;
9440 else
9441 {
9442 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9443 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9444 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9445
9446 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9447 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9448 middle of some value chain. */
9449 if (v == head
9450 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9451 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9452 {
9453 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9454 int len;
9455 int num_regs;
9456
9457 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9458 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9459 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9460
9461 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9462 if (!num_regs)
9463 return 0;
9464 else
9465 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9466 }
9467 }
9468 }
9469 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9470 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9471 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9472 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9473 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9474 }
9475
9476 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9477 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9478 return found_memory_cnt;
9479 }
9480
9481 void
9482 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9483 {
9484 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9485 }
9486
9487 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9488 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9489 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9490 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9491
9492 static int
9493 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9494 {
9495 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9496 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9497 {
9498 *str += arg_len;
9499 return 1;
9500 }
9501 return 0;
9502 }
9503
9504 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9505 calls watch_command_1. */
9506
9507 static void
9508 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9509 {
9510 int just_location = 0;
9511
9512 if (arg
9513 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9514 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9515 {
9516 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9517 just_location = 1;
9518 }
9519
9520 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9521 }
9522
9523 static void
9524 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9525 {
9526 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9527 }
9528
9529 void
9530 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9531 {
9532 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9533 }
9534
9535 static void
9536 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9537 {
9538 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9539 }
9540
9541 void
9542 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9543 {
9544 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9545 }
9546
9547 static void
9548 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9549 {
9550 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9551 }
9552 \f
9553
9554 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9555 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9556
9557 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9558 {
9559 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9560 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9561 int thread_num;
9562 };
9563
9564 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9565 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9566 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9567 command. */
9568 static void
9569 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
9570 {
9571 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9572
9573 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9574 if (a->breakpoint2)
9575 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9576 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9577 }
9578
9579 void
9580 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9581 {
9582 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9583 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9584 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9585 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9586 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9587 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9588 int thread;
9589 struct thread_info *tp;
9590
9591 clear_proceed_status ();
9592
9593 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9594 this function. */
9595
9596 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
9597 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
9598 default_breakpoint_line, NULL);
9599 else
9600 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
9601
9602 if (sals.nelts != 1)
9603 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9604
9605 sal = sals.sals[0];
9606 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9607
9608 if (*arg)
9609 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9610
9611 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9612
9613 if (anywhere)
9614 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9615 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9616 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9617 null_frame_id, bp_until);
9618 else
9619 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9620 only at the very same frame. */
9621 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9622 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9623 bp_until);
9624
9625 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9626
9627 tp = inferior_thread ();
9628 thread = tp->num;
9629
9630 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9631 one. */
9632
9633 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9634 {
9635 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9636 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9637 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9638 sal,
9639 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9640 bp_until);
9641 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9642
9643 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9644 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9645 }
9646
9647 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9648
9649 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9650 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9651 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9652 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9653
9654 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9655 {
9656 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9657 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9658
9659 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9660 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9661 args->thread_num = thread;
9662
9663 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9664 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9665 until_break_command_continuation, args,
9666 xfree);
9667 }
9668 else
9669 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9670 }
9671
9672 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9673 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9674
9675 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9676 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9677 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9678 if clause in the arg string. */
9679
9680 static char *
9681 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9682 {
9683 char *cond_string;
9684
9685 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9686 return NULL;
9687
9688 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9689 (*arg) += 2;
9690
9691 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9692 condition string. */
9693 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9694 cond_string = *arg;
9695
9696 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9697 string. */
9698 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9699
9700 return cond_string;
9701 }
9702
9703 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9704 process start/exit, etc. */
9705
9706 typedef enum
9707 {
9708 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9709 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9710 }
9711 catch_fork_kind;
9712
9713 static void
9714 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9715 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9716 {
9717 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9718 char *cond_string = NULL;
9719 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9720 int tempflag;
9721
9722 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9723 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9724 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9725
9726 if (!arg)
9727 arg = "";
9728 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9729
9730 /* The allowed syntax is:
9731 catch [v]fork
9732 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9733
9734 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9735 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9736
9737 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9738 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9739
9740 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9741 and enable reporting of such events. */
9742 switch (fork_kind)
9743 {
9744 case catch_fork_temporary:
9745 case catch_fork_permanent:
9746 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9747 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9748 break;
9749 case catch_vfork_temporary:
9750 case catch_vfork_permanent:
9751 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9752 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
9753 break;
9754 default:
9755 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9756 break;
9757 }
9758 }
9759
9760 static void
9761 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9762 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9763 {
9764 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9765 int tempflag;
9766 char *cond_string = NULL;
9767
9768 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9769
9770 if (!arg)
9771 arg = "";
9772 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9773
9774 /* The allowed syntax is:
9775 catch exec
9776 catch exec if <cond>
9777
9778 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9779 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9780
9781 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9782 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9783
9784 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
9785 and enable reporting of such events. */
9786 create_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9787 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
9788 }
9789
9790 static enum print_stop_action
9791 print_it_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9792 {
9793 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
9794
9795 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
9796
9797 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9798 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
9799 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
9800 b->loc->address,
9801 b->number, 1);
9802 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9803 ui_out_text (uiout,
9804 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
9805 : "Catchpoint ");
9806 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9807 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9808 ui_out_text (uiout,
9809 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
9810 : " (exception caught), ");
9811 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9812 {
9813 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9814 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9815 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9816 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9817 }
9818 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9819 }
9820
9821 static void
9822 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9823 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9824 {
9825 struct value_print_options opts;
9826
9827 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9828 if (opts.addressprint)
9829 {
9830 annotate_field (4);
9831 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
9832 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9833 else
9834 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
9835 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
9836 }
9837 annotate_field (5);
9838 if (b->loc)
9839 *last_loc = b->loc;
9840 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
9841 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
9842 else
9843 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
9844 }
9845
9846 static void
9847 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9848 {
9849 int bp_temp;
9850 int bp_throw;
9851
9852 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9853 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9854 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9855 : _("Catchpoint "));
9856 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9857 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
9858 : _(" (catch)"));
9859 }
9860
9861 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9862 catch catchpoints. */
9863
9864 static void
9865 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9866 struct ui_file *fp)
9867 {
9868 int bp_temp;
9869 int bp_throw;
9870
9871 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9872 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9873 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9874 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
9875 }
9876
9877 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
9878 NULL, /* insert */
9879 NULL, /* remove */
9880 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
9881 NULL, /* resources_needed */
9882 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
9883 print_it_exception_catchpoint,
9884 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
9885 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
9886 print_mention_exception_catchpoint,
9887 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
9888 };
9889
9890 static int
9891 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
9892 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
9893 {
9894 char *trigger_func_name;
9895
9896 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9897 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
9898 else
9899 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
9900
9901 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9902 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
9903 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9904 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
9905 0,
9906 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
9907 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
9908 1 /* enabled */,
9909 0 /* internal */);
9910
9911 return 1;
9912 }
9913
9914 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9915
9916 static void
9917 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
9918 int tempflag, int from_tty)
9919 {
9920 char *cond_string = NULL;
9921
9922 if (!arg)
9923 arg = "";
9924 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9925
9926 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9927
9928 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9929 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9930
9931 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
9932 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9933 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9934
9935 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
9936 return;
9937
9938 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9939 }
9940
9941 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9942
9943 static void
9944 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9945 {
9946 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9947
9948 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9949 }
9950
9951 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9952
9953 static void
9954 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9955 {
9956 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9957
9958 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9959 }
9960
9961 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
9962
9963 static void
9964 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9965 struct symtab_and_line sal,
9966 char *addr_string,
9967 char *exp_string,
9968 char *cond_string,
9969 struct expression *cond,
9970 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9971 int tempflag,
9972 int from_tty)
9973 {
9974 struct breakpoint *b;
9975
9976 if (from_tty)
9977 {
9978 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9979 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9980 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9981
9982 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9983 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
9984 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9985 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9986 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9987 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9988 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9989 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9990 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9991 enough for now, though. */
9992 }
9993
9994 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint);
9995 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
9996
9997 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9998 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9999 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10000 b->ignore_count = 0;
10001 b->loc->cond = cond;
10002 b->addr_string = addr_string;
10003 b->language = language_ada;
10004 b->cond_string = cond_string;
10005 b->exp_string = exp_string;
10006 b->thread = -1;
10007 b->ops = ops;
10008
10009 mention (b);
10010 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10011 update_global_location_list (1);
10012 }
10013
10014 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
10015
10016 static void
10017 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
10018 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10019 {
10020 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10021 int tempflag;
10022 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10023 char *addr_string = NULL;
10024 char *exp_string = NULL;
10025 char *cond_string = NULL;
10026 struct expression *cond = NULL;
10027 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
10028
10029 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10030
10031 if (!arg)
10032 arg = "";
10033 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
10034 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
10035 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, exp_string,
10036 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
10037 from_tty);
10038 }
10039
10040 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
10041 static void
10042 clean_up_filters (void *arg)
10043 {
10044 VEC(int) *iter = *(VEC(int) **) arg;
10045 VEC_free (int, iter);
10046 }
10047
10048 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
10049 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
10050 static VEC(int) *
10051 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
10052 {
10053 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
10054 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (clean_up_filters, &result);
10055
10056 while (*arg != '\0')
10057 {
10058 int i, syscall_number;
10059 char *endptr;
10060 char cur_name[128];
10061 struct syscall s;
10062
10063 /* Skip whitespace. */
10064 while (isspace (*arg))
10065 arg++;
10066
10067 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
10068 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
10069 cur_name[i] = '\0';
10070 arg += i;
10071
10072 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10073 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
10074 if (*endptr == '\0')
10075 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
10076 else
10077 {
10078 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10079 to a number. */
10080 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
10081
10082 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
10083 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10084 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10085 syscall number to be caught. */
10086 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
10087 }
10088
10089 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10090 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
10091 }
10092
10093 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
10094 return result;
10095 }
10096
10097 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10098
10099 static void
10100 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10101 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10102 {
10103 int tempflag;
10104 VEC(int) *filter;
10105 struct syscall s;
10106 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10107
10108 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10109 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
10110 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10111 this architecture yet."));
10112
10113 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10114
10115 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10116
10117 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10118 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10119 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10120 for his/her architecture. */
10121 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
10122
10123 /* The allowed syntax is:
10124 catch syscall
10125 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10126
10127 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10128
10129 if (arg != NULL)
10130 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
10131 else
10132 filter = NULL;
10133
10134 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
10135 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
10136 }
10137
10138 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
10139
10140 static void
10141 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
10142 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10143 {
10144 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10145 int tempflag;
10146 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10147 char *addr_string = NULL;
10148 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
10149
10150 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10151
10152 if (!arg)
10153 arg = "";
10154 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
10155 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL,
10156 ops, tempflag, from_tty);
10157 }
10158
10159 static void
10160 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10161 {
10162 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10163 }
10164 \f
10165
10166 static void
10167 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10168 {
10169 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10170 }
10171
10172 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10173
10174 static void
10175 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10176 {
10177 struct breakpoint *b;
10178 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10179 int ix;
10180 int default_match;
10181 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10182 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10183 int i;
10184
10185 if (arg)
10186 {
10187 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
10188 default_match = 0;
10189 }
10190 else
10191 {
10192 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10193 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10194 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10195 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10196 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
10197 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
10198 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
10199 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
10200 if (sal.symtab == 0)
10201 error (_("No source file specified."));
10202
10203 sals.sals[0] = sal;
10204 sals.nelts = 1;
10205
10206 default_match = 1;
10207 }
10208
10209 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10210 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10211 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10212 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10213
10214 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10215 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10216 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10217 due to optimization, all in one block.
10218
10219 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10220 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10221 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10222 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10223 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10224 to support that. */
10225
10226 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10227 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10228 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10229 breakpoint. */
10230
10231 found = NULL;
10232 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10233 {
10234 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10235 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10236 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10237 or at default pc.
10238
10239 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10240
10241 0 1 pc
10242 1 1 pc _and_ line
10243 0 0 line
10244 1 0 <can't happen> */
10245
10246 sal = sals.sals[i];
10247
10248 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10249 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10250 {
10251 int match = 0;
10252 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10253 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10254 {
10255 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10256 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10257 {
10258 int pc_match = sal.pc
10259 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10260 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10261 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10262 || loc->section == sal.section);
10263 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
10264 && b->source_file != NULL
10265 && sal.symtab != NULL
10266 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10267 && filename_cmp (b->source_file,
10268 sal.symtab->filename) == 0
10269 && b->line_number == sal.line);
10270 if (pc_match || line_match)
10271 {
10272 match = 1;
10273 break;
10274 }
10275 }
10276 }
10277
10278 if (match)
10279 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10280 }
10281 }
10282 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10283 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10284 {
10285 if (arg)
10286 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10287 else
10288 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10289 }
10290
10291 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10292 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10293 if (from_tty)
10294 {
10295 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10296 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10297 else
10298 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10299 }
10300 breakpoints_changed ();
10301
10302 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10303 {
10304 if (from_tty)
10305 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10306 delete_breakpoint (b);
10307 }
10308 if (from_tty)
10309 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10310 }
10311 \f
10312 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10313 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10314 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10315
10316 void
10317 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10318 {
10319 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10320
10321 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10322 if (bs->breakpoint_at
10323 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10324 && bs->stop)
10325 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10326
10327 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10328 {
10329 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10330 delete_breakpoint (b);
10331 }
10332 }
10333
10334 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10335 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10336 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10337 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10338 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10339 qsort being an instable algorithm. */
10340
10341 static int
10342 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10343 {
10344 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10345 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10346 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10347 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10348 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10349
10350 if (a->address != b->address)
10351 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10352
10353 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10354 if (a_perm != b_perm)
10355 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10356
10357 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10358 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10359
10360 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10361 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10362 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
10363
10364 return (a > b) - (a < b);
10365 }
10366
10367 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10368 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10369 content of the bp_location array. */
10370
10371 static void
10372 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10373 {
10374 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10375
10376 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10377 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10378
10379 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10380 {
10381 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10382
10383 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10384 continue;
10385
10386 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10387 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10388
10389 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10390 addr = bl->address - start;
10391 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10392 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10393
10394 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10395
10396 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10397 addr = end - bl->address;
10398 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10399 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10400 }
10401 }
10402
10403 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10404 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10405 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10406 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10407 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10408 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10409 returns true on them.
10410
10411 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10412 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10413 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10414 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10415 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10416 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10417
10418 static void
10419 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10420 {
10421 struct breakpoint *b;
10422 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10423 struct cleanup *cleanups;
10424
10425 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10426 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10427 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10428 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10429 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10430 once. */
10431 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
10432 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
10433 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10434 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10435
10436 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10437 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10438 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10439 unsigned old_location_count;
10440
10441 old_location = bp_location;
10442 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10443 bp_location = NULL;
10444 bp_location_count = 0;
10445 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10446
10447 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10448 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10449 bp_location_count++;
10450
10451 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10452 locp = bp_location;
10453 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10454 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10455 *locp++ = loc;
10456 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10457 bp_location_compare);
10458
10459 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10460
10461 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10462 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10463 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10464 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10465 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10466 location.
10467
10468 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10469 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10470
10471 locp = bp_location;
10472 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10473 old_locp++)
10474 {
10475 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10476 struct bp_location **loc2p;
10477
10478 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If
10479 not, we have to free it. */
10480 int found_object = 0;
10481 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10482 int keep_in_target = 0;
10483 int removed = 0;
10484
10485 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10486 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10487 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10488 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10489 locp++;
10490
10491 for (loc2p = locp;
10492 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10493 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10494 loc2p++)
10495 {
10496 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10497 {
10498 found_object = 1;
10499 break;
10500 }
10501 }
10502
10503 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10504 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10505 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10506 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10507 at certain location is not inserted. */
10508
10509 if (old_loc->inserted)
10510 {
10511 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10512 it. */
10513
10514 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10515 {
10516 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10517 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10518 keep_in_target = 1;
10519 }
10520 else
10521 {
10522 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10523 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10524 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10525 this one from the target. */
10526
10527 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10528 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10529 {
10530 for (loc2p = locp;
10531 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10532 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10533 loc2p++)
10534 {
10535 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10536
10537 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10538 {
10539 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
10540 Duplicates check below will fix up this
10541 later. */
10542 loc2->duplicate = 0;
10543
10544 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10545 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10546 supported, but the latter are. */
10547 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10548 {
10549 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10550 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10551 }
10552
10553 if (loc2 != old_loc && should_be_inserted (loc2))
10554 {
10555 loc2->inserted = 1;
10556 loc2->target_info = old_loc->target_info;
10557 keep_in_target = 1;
10558 break;
10559 }
10560 }
10561 }
10562 }
10563 }
10564
10565 if (!keep_in_target)
10566 {
10567 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10568 {
10569 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10570 this location on the global list, and try to
10571 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10572 reason why we will succeed next time.
10573
10574 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10575 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10576 only after calling us. */
10577 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10578 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10579 old_loc->owner->number);
10580 }
10581 removed = 1;
10582 }
10583 }
10584
10585 if (!found_object)
10586 {
10587 if (removed && non_stop
10588 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10589 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10590 {
10591 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10592 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10593 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10594 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10595 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10596 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10597 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10598 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10599 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10600 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10601 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10602 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10603 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10604 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10605 SIGTRAP.
10606
10607 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10608 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10609
10610 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10611 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10612 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10613 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10614 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10615 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10616 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10617 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10618 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10619 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10620 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10621 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10622 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10623 thread_count.
10624
10625 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10626 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10627 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10628 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10629
10630 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10631 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10632 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10633 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10634 traps we can no longer explain. */
10635
10636 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10637 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10638
10639 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10640 }
10641 else
10642 {
10643 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10644 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10645 }
10646 }
10647 }
10648
10649 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10650 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10651 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10652 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10653 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10654 are sorted first for the same address.
10655
10656 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10657 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10658
10659 bp_loc_first = NULL;
10660 wp_loc_first = NULL;
10661 awp_loc_first = NULL;
10662 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10663 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10664 {
10665 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10666 non-NULL. */
10667 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
10668 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10669
10670 if (b->enable_state == bp_disabled
10671 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
10672 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled
10673 || !loc->enabled
10674 || loc->shlib_disabled
10675 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10676 || is_tracepoint (b))
10677 continue;
10678
10679 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10680 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
10681 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10682 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10683 "actually inserted"));
10684
10685 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10686 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
10687 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10688 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
10689 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
10690 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
10691 else
10692 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
10693
10694 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
10695 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
10696 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
10697 {
10698 *loc_first_p = loc;
10699 loc->duplicate = 0;
10700 continue;
10701 }
10702
10703 loc->duplicate = 1;
10704
10705 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
10706 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
10707 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10708 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10709 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10710 }
10711
10712 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10713 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10714 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
10715 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10716
10717 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10718 }
10719
10720 void
10721 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10722 {
10723 struct bp_location *loc;
10724 int ix;
10725
10726 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
10727 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
10728 {
10729 decref_bp_location (&loc);
10730 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
10731 --ix;
10732 }
10733 }
10734
10735 static void
10736 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
10737 {
10738 struct gdb_exception e;
10739
10740 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10741 update_global_location_list (inserting);
10742 }
10743
10744 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10745
10746 static void
10747 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
10748 {
10749 bpstat bs;
10750
10751 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
10752 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
10753 {
10754 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
10755 bs->old_val = NULL;
10756 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10757 }
10758 }
10759
10760 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10761 static int
10762 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
10763 {
10764 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
10765
10766 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
10767 return 0;
10768 }
10769
10770 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
10771 structures. */
10772
10773 void
10774 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
10775 {
10776 struct breakpoint *b;
10777
10778 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
10779
10780 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
10781 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
10782 especial culprits.
10783
10784 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
10785 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
10786 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
10787 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
10788 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
10789 deleted.
10790
10791 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
10792 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
10793 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
10794 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
10795 was chosen. */
10796 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
10797 return;
10798
10799 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
10800 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
10801 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
10802 {
10803 struct breakpoint *related;
10804
10805 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
10806 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt->related_breakpoint);
10807 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
10808 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt);
10809
10810 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
10811 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
10812 related = related->related_breakpoint);
10813 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
10814 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
10815 }
10816
10817 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
10818 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
10819 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
10820 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
10821 if (bpt->number)
10822 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
10823
10824 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
10825 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
10826
10827 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10828 if (b->next == bpt)
10829 {
10830 b->next = bpt->next;
10831 break;
10832 }
10833
10834 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt->commands);
10835 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
10836 xfree (bpt->cond_exp);
10837 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
10838 xfree (bpt->addr_string_range_end);
10839 xfree (bpt->exp);
10840 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
10841 xfree (bpt->exp_string_reparse);
10842 value_free (bpt->val);
10843 xfree (bpt->source_file);
10844 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
10845 clean_up_filters (&bpt->syscalls_to_be_caught);
10846
10847
10848 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
10849 been freed. */
10850 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
10851 in all threeds for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
10852 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
10853 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
10854 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
10855 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
10856 commands won't work. */
10857
10858 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
10859
10860 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
10861 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
10862 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
10863 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
10864 might be better design to have location completely
10865 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
10866 update_global_location_list (0);
10867
10868
10869 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
10870 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
10871 bpt->type = bp_none;
10872
10873 xfree (bpt);
10874 }
10875
10876 static void
10877 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
10878 {
10879 delete_breakpoint (b);
10880 }
10881
10882 struct cleanup *
10883 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10884 {
10885 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
10886 }
10887
10888 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
10889 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
10890
10891 static void
10892 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
10893 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
10894 void *),
10895 void *data)
10896 {
10897 struct breakpoint *related;
10898
10899 related = b;
10900 do
10901 {
10902 struct breakpoint *next;
10903
10904 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
10905 next = related->related_breakpoint;
10906
10907 if (next == related)
10908 {
10909 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
10910 function (related, data);
10911
10912 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
10913 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
10914 out. */
10915 break;
10916 }
10917 else
10918 function (related, data);
10919
10920 related = next;
10921 }
10922 while (related != b);
10923 }
10924
10925 static void
10926 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
10927 {
10928 delete_breakpoint (b);
10929 }
10930
10931 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
10932 delete_breakpoint. */
10933
10934 static void
10935 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
10936 {
10937 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
10938 }
10939
10940 void
10941 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10942 {
10943 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10944
10945 dont_repeat ();
10946
10947 if (arg == 0)
10948 {
10949 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
10950
10951 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
10952 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
10953 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
10954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10955 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
10956 {
10957 breaks_to_delete = 1;
10958 break;
10959 }
10960
10961 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
10962 if (!from_tty
10963 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
10964 {
10965 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10966 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
10967 delete_breakpoint (b);
10968 }
10969 }
10970 else
10971 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
10972 }
10973
10974 static int
10975 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
10976 {
10977 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10978 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
10979 return 0;
10980 return 1;
10981 }
10982
10983 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
10984 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
10985 Null names are ignored. */
10986
10987 static int
10988 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
10989 {
10990 struct bp_location *l;
10991 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
10992 (int (*) (const void *,
10993 const void *)) streq,
10994 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
10995
10996 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
10997 {
10998 const char **slot;
10999 const char *name = l->function_name;
11000
11001 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
11002 if (name == NULL)
11003 continue;
11004
11005 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
11006 INSERT);
11007 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11008 returns NULL. */
11009 if (*slot != NULL)
11010 {
11011 htab_delete (htab);
11012 return 1;
11013 }
11014 *slot = name;
11015 }
11016
11017 htab_delete (htab);
11018 return 0;
11019 }
11020
11021 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11022 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11023 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11024 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11025 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11026 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11027 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
11028 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11029 The heuristic is:
11030
11031 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11032 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11033 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11034 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11035 in the sources, and output a warning.
11036
11037 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11038 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
11039 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
11040 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11041 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11042 warning.
11043
11044 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11045 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
11046 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11047 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
11048 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11049 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
11050 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
11051 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11052 precisely because it confuses tools). */
11053
11054 static struct symtab_and_line
11055 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
11056 {
11057 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
11058 CORE_ADDR pc;
11059 int i;
11060
11061 pc = sal.pc;
11062 if (sal.line)
11063 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
11064
11065 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
11066 {
11067 if (strcmp (b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
11068 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11069 b->number,
11070 b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
11071
11072 xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id);
11073 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
11074 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
11075
11076 return sal;
11077 }
11078
11079 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11080 by string ID. */
11081 if (!sal.explicit_pc
11082 && sal.line != 0
11083 && sal.symtab != NULL
11084 && b->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
11085 {
11086 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
11087
11088 markers
11089 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (b->static_trace_marker_id);
11090
11091 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
11092 {
11093 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11094 struct symbol *sym;
11095 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
11096
11097 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
11098
11099 xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id);
11100 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker->str_id);
11101
11102 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11103 "found at previous line number"),
11104 b->number, b->static_trace_marker_id);
11105
11106 init_sal (&sal);
11107
11108 sal.pc = marker->address;
11109
11110 sal = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
11111 sym = find_pc_sect_function (marker->address, NULL);
11112 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
11113 if (sym)
11114 {
11115 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
11116 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
11117 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
11118 }
11119 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal.symtab->filename);
11120 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
11121
11122 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11123 {
11124 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
11125
11126 if (fullname)
11127 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
11128 }
11129
11130 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal.line);
11131 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11132
11133 b->line_number = sal.line;
11134
11135 xfree (b->source_file);
11136 if (sym)
11137 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
11138 else
11139 b->source_file = NULL;
11140
11141 xfree (b->addr_string);
11142 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11143 sal.symtab->filename, b->line_number);
11144
11145 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11146 so. */
11147
11148 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
11149 }
11150 }
11151 return sal;
11152 }
11153
11154 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11155 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11156
11157 static int
11158 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
11159 {
11160 while (a && b)
11161 {
11162 if (a->address != b->address)
11163 return 0;
11164
11165 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
11166 return 0;
11167
11168 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
11169 return 0;
11170
11171 a = a->next;
11172 b = b->next;
11173 }
11174
11175 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
11176 return 0;
11177
11178 return 1;
11179 }
11180
11181 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11182 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11183 a ranged breakpoint. */
11184
11185 void
11186 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
11187 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
11188 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
11189 {
11190 int i;
11191 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
11192
11193 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end location. */
11194 gdb_assert (sals_end.nelts == 0 || (sals.nelts == 1 && sals_end.nelts == 1));
11195
11196 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11197 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11198 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11199 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11200 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11201 individual locations. */
11202 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
11203 return;
11204
11205 b->loc = NULL;
11206
11207 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
11208 {
11209 struct bp_location *new_loc =
11210 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
11211
11212 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11213 old symtab. */
11214 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
11215 {
11216 char *s;
11217 struct gdb_exception e;
11218
11219 s = b->cond_string;
11220 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11221 {
11222 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
11223 0);
11224 }
11225 if (e.reason < 0)
11226 {
11227 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11228 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11229 b->number, e.message);
11230 new_loc->enabled = 0;
11231 }
11232 }
11233
11234 if (b->source_file != NULL)
11235 xfree (b->source_file);
11236 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
11237 b->source_file = NULL;
11238 else
11239 b->source_file = xstrdup (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename);
11240
11241 if (b->line_number == 0)
11242 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
11243
11244 if (sals_end.nelts)
11245 {
11246 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
11247
11248 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
11249 }
11250 }
11251
11252 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11253 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11254 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
11255
11256 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11257 breakpoints. */
11258 {
11259 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
11260 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11261 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11262 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11263 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11264 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11265 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
11266
11267 for (; e; e = e->next)
11268 {
11269 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
11270 {
11271 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
11272 if (have_ambiguous_names)
11273 {
11274 for (; l; l = l->next)
11275 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
11276 {
11277 l->enabled = 0;
11278 break;
11279 }
11280 }
11281 else
11282 {
11283 for (; l; l = l->next)
11284 if (l->function_name
11285 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
11286 {
11287 l->enabled = 0;
11288 break;
11289 }
11290 }
11291 }
11292 }
11293 }
11294
11295 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
11296 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11297
11298 update_global_location_list (1);
11299 }
11300
11301 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11302 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
11303
11304 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11305 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
11306 {
11307 char *s;
11308 int marker_spec;
11309 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
11310 struct gdb_exception e;
11311
11312 s = addr_string;
11313 marker_spec = b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (s);
11314
11315 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11316 {
11317 if (marker_spec)
11318 {
11319 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
11320 if (sals.nelts > b->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11321 {
11322 sals.sals[0] = sals.sals[b->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11323 sals.nelts = 1;
11324 }
11325 else
11326 error (_("marker %s not found"), b->static_trace_marker_id);
11327 }
11328 else
11329 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
11330 }
11331 if (e.reason < 0)
11332 {
11333 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
11334 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
11335 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
11336 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
11337 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
11338 state, then user already saw the message about that
11339 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
11340 errors. */
11341 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
11342 && (b->condition_not_parsed
11343 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11344 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
11345 not_found_and_ok = 1;
11346
11347 if (!not_found_and_ok)
11348 {
11349 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
11350 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
11351 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
11352 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
11353 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
11354 which approach is better. */
11355 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11356 throw_exception (e);
11357 }
11358 }
11359
11360 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
11361 {
11362 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
11363
11364 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
11365 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
11366 {
11367 char *cond_string = 0;
11368 int thread = -1;
11369 int task = 0;
11370
11371 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
11372 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
11373 if (cond_string)
11374 b->cond_string = cond_string;
11375 b->thread = thread;
11376 b->task = task;
11377 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
11378 }
11379
11380 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !marker_spec)
11381 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
11382
11383 *found = 1;
11384 }
11385 else
11386 *found = 0;
11387
11388 return sals;
11389 }
11390
11391 /* Reevaluate a hardware or software breakpoint and recreate its locations.
11392 This is necessary after symbols are read (e.g., an executable or DSO
11393 was loaded, or the inferior just started). */
11394
11395 static void
11396 re_set_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11397 {
11398 int found;
11399 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
11400 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
11401 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
11402 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11403
11404 input_radix = b->input_radix;
11405 save_current_space_and_thread ();
11406 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
11407 set_language (b->language);
11408
11409 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
11410 if (found)
11411 {
11412 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11413 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
11414 }
11415
11416 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
11417 {
11418 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
11419 if (found)
11420 {
11421 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
11422 expanded_end = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals_end.sals[0]);
11423 }
11424 }
11425
11426 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
11427 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11428 }
11429
11430 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
11431 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
11432 Unused in this case. */
11433
11434 static int
11435 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
11436 {
11437 /* Get past catch_errs. */
11438 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
11439
11440 switch (b->type)
11441 {
11442 case bp_none:
11443 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
11444 b->number);
11445 return 0;
11446 case bp_breakpoint:
11447 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11448 case bp_tracepoint:
11449 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11450 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11451 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
11452 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
11453 if (b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
11454 return 0;
11455
11456 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
11457 {
11458 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
11459 delete_breakpoint (b);
11460 return 0;
11461 }
11462
11463 re_set_breakpoint (b);
11464 break;
11465
11466 case bp_watchpoint:
11467 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11468 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11469 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11470 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
11471 variables, or it can be on local variables.
11472
11473 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and
11474 even persist across program restarts. Since they can use
11475 variables from shared libraries, we need to reparse
11476 expression as libraries are loaded and unloaded.
11477
11478 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as
11479 result of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses
11480 both a local and a global variables in expression, it's a
11481 local watchpoint, but unloading of a shared library will make
11482 the expression invalid. This is not a very common use case,
11483 but we still re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to
11484 the user.
11485
11486 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
11487 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
11488 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In
11489 fact, I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
11490
11491 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
11492 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
11493
11494 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
11495 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
11496 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
11497 break;
11498 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
11499 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
11500 loaded. */
11501 case bp_catchpoint:
11502 break;
11503
11504 default:
11505 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
11506 /* fall through */
11507 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
11508 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11509 case bp_overlay_event:
11510 case bp_longjmp_master:
11511 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11512 case bp_exception_master:
11513 delete_breakpoint (b);
11514 break;
11515
11516 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11517 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11518 case bp_shlib_event:
11519
11520 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
11521 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11522 case bp_thread_event:
11523
11524 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we
11525 step over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the
11526 breakpoints. Otherwise these should have been blown away via
11527 the cleanup chain or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we
11528 rerun the executable. */
11529 case bp_until:
11530 case bp_finish:
11531 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
11532 case bp_call_dummy:
11533 case bp_std_terminate:
11534 case bp_step_resume:
11535 case bp_hp_step_resume:
11536 case bp_longjmp:
11537 case bp_longjmp_resume:
11538 case bp_exception:
11539 case bp_exception_resume:
11540 case bp_jit_event:
11541 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
11542 break;
11543 }
11544
11545 return 0;
11546 }
11547
11548 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
11549 void
11550 breakpoint_re_set (void)
11551 {
11552 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11553 enum language save_language;
11554 int save_input_radix;
11555 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11556
11557 save_language = current_language->la_language;
11558 save_input_radix = input_radix;
11559 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
11560
11561 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11562 {
11563 /* Format possible error msg. */
11564 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
11565 b->number);
11566 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
11567 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
11568 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11569 }
11570 set_language (save_language);
11571 input_radix = save_input_radix;
11572
11573 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
11574
11575 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11576
11577 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
11578 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
11579 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
11580 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
11581 }
11582 \f
11583 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
11584
11585 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
11586 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
11587 void
11588 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
11589 {
11590 if (b->thread != -1)
11591 {
11592 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
11593 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
11594
11595 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
11596 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
11597 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
11598 as well. */
11599 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
11600 }
11601 }
11602
11603 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11604 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11605 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11606
11607 void
11608 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
11609 {
11610 struct breakpoint *b;
11611
11612 if (count < 0)
11613 count = 0;
11614
11615 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11616 if (b->number == bptnum)
11617 {
11618 if (is_tracepoint (b))
11619 {
11620 if (from_tty && count != 0)
11621 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
11622 bptnum);
11623 return;
11624 }
11625
11626 b->ignore_count = count;
11627 if (from_tty)
11628 {
11629 if (count == 0)
11630 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
11631 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
11632 bptnum);
11633 else if (count == 1)
11634 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
11635 bptnum);
11636 else
11637 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
11638 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
11639 count, bptnum);
11640 }
11641 breakpoints_changed ();
11642 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11643 return;
11644 }
11645
11646 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
11647 }
11648
11649 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
11650
11651 static void
11652 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11653 {
11654 char *p = args;
11655 int num;
11656
11657 if (p == 0)
11658 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
11659
11660 num = get_number (&p);
11661 if (num == 0)
11662 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
11663 if (*p == 0)
11664 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
11665
11666 set_ignore_count (num,
11667 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
11668 from_tty);
11669 if (from_tty)
11670 printf_filtered ("\n");
11671 }
11672 \f
11673 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
11674 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
11675
11676 static void
11677 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11678 void *),
11679 void *data)
11680 {
11681 int num;
11682 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
11683 int match;
11684 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
11685
11686 if (args == 0)
11687 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
11688
11689 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
11690
11691 while (!state.finished)
11692 {
11693 char *p = state.string;
11694
11695 match = 0;
11696
11697 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
11698 if (num == 0)
11699 {
11700 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
11701 }
11702 else
11703 {
11704 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
11705 if (b->number == num)
11706 {
11707 match = 1;
11708 function (b, data);
11709 break;
11710 }
11711 if (match == 0)
11712 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
11713 }
11714 }
11715 }
11716
11717 static struct bp_location *
11718 find_location_by_number (char *number)
11719 {
11720 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
11721 char *p1;
11722 int bp_num;
11723 int loc_num;
11724 struct breakpoint *b;
11725 struct bp_location *loc;
11726
11727 *dot = '\0';
11728
11729 p1 = number;
11730 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
11731 if (bp_num == 0)
11732 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
11733
11734 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11735 if (b->number == bp_num)
11736 {
11737 break;
11738 }
11739
11740 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
11741 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
11742
11743 p1 = dot+1;
11744 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
11745 if (loc_num == 0)
11746 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
11747
11748 --loc_num;
11749 loc = b->loc;
11750 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
11751 ;
11752 if (!loc)
11753 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
11754
11755 return loc;
11756 }
11757
11758
11759 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11760 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11761 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11762
11763 void
11764 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11765 {
11766 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
11767 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
11768 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
11769 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11770 return;
11771
11772 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
11773 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11774 return;
11775
11776 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11777
11778 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11779 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
11780 {
11781 struct bp_location *location;
11782
11783 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
11784 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
11785 }
11786
11787 update_global_location_list (0);
11788
11789 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
11790 }
11791
11792 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
11793
11794 static void
11795 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11796 {
11797 disable_breakpoint (b);
11798 }
11799
11800 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11801 disable_breakpoint. */
11802
11803 static void
11804 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11805 {
11806 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
11807 }
11808
11809 static void
11810 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11811 {
11812 if (args == 0)
11813 {
11814 struct breakpoint *bpt;
11815
11816 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
11817 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
11818 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
11819 }
11820 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
11821 {
11822 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
11823 if (loc)
11824 {
11825 loc->enabled = 0;
11826 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11827 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
11828 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
11829 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
11830 }
11831 update_global_location_list (0);
11832 }
11833 else
11834 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
11835 }
11836
11837 static void
11838 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
11839 {
11840 int target_resources_ok;
11841
11842 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11843 {
11844 int i;
11845 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
11846 target_resources_ok =
11847 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
11848 i + 1, 0);
11849 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
11850 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
11851 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
11852 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
11853 }
11854
11855 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
11856 {
11857 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
11858 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
11859 struct gdb_exception e;
11860
11861 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11862 {
11863 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
11864 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11865 update_watchpoint (bpt, 1 /* reparse */);
11866 }
11867 if (e.reason < 0)
11868 {
11869 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
11870 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
11871 bpt->number);
11872 return;
11873 }
11874 }
11875
11876 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
11877 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11878
11879 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11880 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
11881 {
11882 struct bp_location *location;
11883
11884 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
11885 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
11886 }
11887
11888 bpt->disposition = disposition;
11889 update_global_location_list (1);
11890 breakpoints_changed ();
11891
11892 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
11893 }
11894
11895
11896 void
11897 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11898 {
11899 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition);
11900 }
11901
11902 static void
11903 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
11904 {
11905 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
11906 }
11907
11908 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11909 enable_breakpoint. */
11910
11911 static void
11912 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11913 {
11914 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
11915 }
11916
11917 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
11918 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
11919 in stopping the inferior. */
11920
11921 static void
11922 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11923 {
11924 if (args == 0)
11925 {
11926 struct breakpoint *bpt;
11927
11928 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
11929 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
11930 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
11931 }
11932 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
11933 {
11934 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
11935 if (loc)
11936 {
11937 loc->enabled = 1;
11938 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11939 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
11940 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
11941 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
11942 }
11943 update_global_location_list (1);
11944 }
11945 else
11946 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
11947 }
11948
11949 static void
11950 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
11951 {
11952 enum bpdisp disp = *(enum bpdisp *) arg;
11953
11954 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp);
11955 }
11956
11957 static void
11958 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
11959 {
11960 enum bpdisp disp = disp_disable;
11961
11962 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
11963 }
11964
11965 static void
11966 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11967 {
11968 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
11969 }
11970
11971 static void
11972 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
11973 {
11974 enum bpdisp disp = disp_del;
11975
11976 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
11977 }
11978
11979 static void
11980 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11981 {
11982 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11983 }
11984 \f
11985 static void
11986 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
11987 {
11988 }
11989
11990 static void
11991 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
11992 {
11993 }
11994
11995 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
11996 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
11997 GDB itself. */
11998
11999 static void
12000 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
12001 const bfd_byte *data)
12002 {
12003 struct breakpoint *bp;
12004
12005 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12006 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
12007 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
12008 && bp->val_valid && bp->val)
12009 {
12010 struct bp_location *loc;
12011
12012 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
12013 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12014 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
12015 && addr + len > loc->address)
12016 {
12017 value_free (bp->val);
12018 bp->val = NULL;
12019 bp->val_valid = 0;
12020 }
12021 }
12022 }
12023
12024 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
12025
12026 struct symtabs_and_lines
12027 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
12028 {
12029 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12030
12031 if (string == 0)
12032 error (_("Empty line specification."));
12033 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
12034 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
12035 default_breakpoint_symtab,
12036 default_breakpoint_line,
12037 NULL);
12038 else
12039 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
12040 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
12041 if (*string)
12042 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
12043 return sals;
12044 }
12045
12046 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
12047 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12048 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12049 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12050 someday. */
12051
12052 void *
12053 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12054 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
12055 {
12056 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
12057
12058 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
12059
12060 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
12061 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
12062
12063 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
12064 {
12065 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12066 xfree (bp_tgt);
12067 return NULL;
12068 }
12069
12070 return bp_tgt;
12071 }
12072
12073 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12074 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12075
12076 int
12077 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
12078 {
12079 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
12080 int ret;
12081
12082 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
12083 xfree (bp_tgt);
12084
12085 return ret;
12086 }
12087
12088 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12089 stepping. */
12090
12091 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
12092 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
12093
12094 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12095
12096 void
12097 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12098 struct address_space *aspace,
12099 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
12100 {
12101 void **bpt_p;
12102
12103 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
12104 {
12105 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
12106 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
12107 }
12108 else
12109 {
12110 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
12111 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
12112 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
12113 }
12114
12115 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12116 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12117 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12118 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12119 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12120 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12121
12122 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
12123 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
12124 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12125 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
12126 }
12127
12128 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12129 were inserted or not. */
12130
12131 int
12132 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12133 {
12134 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
12135 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
12136 }
12137
12138 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12139
12140 void
12141 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12142 {
12143 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
12144
12145 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12146 call. */
12147 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
12148 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
12149 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
12150 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
12151
12152 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
12153 {
12154 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
12155 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
12156 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
12157 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
12158 }
12159 }
12160
12161 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12162 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12163 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12164 exec. */
12165
12166 void
12167 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12168 {
12169 int i;
12170
12171 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12172 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12173 {
12174 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12175 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
12176 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
12177 }
12178 }
12179
12180 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12181 removing them. */
12182
12183 static void
12184 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12185 {
12186 int i;
12187
12188 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12189 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12190 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
12191 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12192 }
12193
12194 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12195 PC. */
12196
12197 static int
12198 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
12199 CORE_ADDR pc)
12200 {
12201 int i;
12202
12203 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12204 {
12205 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
12206 if (bp_tgt
12207 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
12208 bp_tgt->placed_address,
12209 aspace, pc))
12210 return 1;
12211 }
12212
12213 return 0;
12214 }
12215
12216 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12217 non-zero otherwise. */
12218 static int
12219 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
12220 {
12221 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
12222 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
12223 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
12224 return 1;
12225 else
12226 return 0;
12227 }
12228
12229 int
12230 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12231 {
12232 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
12233
12234 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
12235 }
12236
12237 int
12238 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
12239 {
12240 struct breakpoint *bp;
12241
12242 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12243 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
12244 {
12245 if (bp->syscalls_to_be_caught)
12246 {
12247 int i, iter;
12248 for (i = 0;
12249 VEC_iterate (int, bp->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
12250 i++)
12251 if (syscall_number == iter)
12252 return 1;
12253 }
12254 else
12255 return 1;
12256 }
12257
12258 return 0;
12259 }
12260
12261 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12262 static char **
12263 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12264 char *text, char *word)
12265 {
12266 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
12267 char **retlist
12268 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
12269
12270 xfree (list);
12271 return retlist;
12272 }
12273
12274 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12275
12276 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12277 static void
12278 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
12279 {
12280 tracepoint_count = num;
12281 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
12282 }
12283
12284 void
12285 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12286 {
12287 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12288 arg,
12289 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12290 0 /* tempflag */,
12291 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12292 0 /* Ignore count */,
12293 pending_break_support,
12294 NULL,
12295 from_tty,
12296 1 /* enabled */,
12297 0 /* internal */))
12298 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12299 }
12300
12301 void
12302 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12303 {
12304 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12305 arg,
12306 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12307 0 /* tempflag */,
12308 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12309 0 /* Ignore count */,
12310 pending_break_support,
12311 NULL,
12312 from_tty,
12313 1 /* enabled */,
12314 0 /* internal */))
12315 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12316 }
12317
12318 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
12319
12320 void
12321 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12322 {
12323 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12324 arg,
12325 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12326 0 /* tempflag */,
12327 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12328 0 /* Ignore count */,
12329 pending_break_support,
12330 NULL,
12331 from_tty,
12332 1 /* enabled */,
12333 0 /* internal */))
12334 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12335 }
12336
12337 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
12338 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
12339
12340 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
12341 static int next_cmd;
12342
12343 static char *
12344 read_uploaded_action (void)
12345 {
12346 char *rslt;
12347
12348 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
12349
12350 next_cmd++;
12351
12352 return rslt;
12353 }
12354
12355 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
12356 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
12357 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
12358 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
12359 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
12360
12361 struct breakpoint *
12362 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
12363 {
12364 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
12365 struct breakpoint *tp;
12366
12367 if (utp->at_string)
12368 addr_str = utp->at_string;
12369 else
12370 {
12371 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
12372 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
12373 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
12374 user. */
12375 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
12376 "source location, using raw address"),
12377 utp->number);
12378 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
12379 addr_str = small_buf;
12380 }
12381
12382 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
12383 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
12384 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
12385 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
12386 utp->number);
12387
12388 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12389 addr_str,
12390 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
12391 0 /* tempflag */,
12392 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
12393 0 /* Ignore count */,
12394 pending_break_support,
12395 NULL,
12396 0 /* from_tty */,
12397 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
12398 0 /* internal */))
12399 return NULL;
12400
12401 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12402
12403 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
12404 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
12405 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
12406
12407 if (utp->pass > 0)
12408 {
12409 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->number);
12410
12411 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
12412 }
12413
12414 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
12415 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
12416 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
12417 function. */
12418 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
12419 {
12420 struct command_line *cmd_list;
12421
12422 this_utp = utp;
12423 next_cmd = 0;
12424
12425 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
12426
12427 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, cmd_list);
12428 }
12429 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
12430 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
12431 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
12432 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
12433 utp->number);
12434
12435 return tp;
12436 }
12437
12438 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
12439 omitted. */
12440
12441 static void
12442 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
12443 {
12444 int num_printed;
12445
12446 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
12447
12448 if (num_printed == 0)
12449 {
12450 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
12451 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
12452 else
12453 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
12454 }
12455
12456 default_collect_info ();
12457 }
12458
12459 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
12460 Not supported by all targets. */
12461 static void
12462 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12463 {
12464 enable_command (args, from_tty);
12465 }
12466
12467 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
12468 Not supported by all targets. */
12469 static void
12470 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12471 {
12472 disable_command (args, from_tty);
12473 }
12474
12475 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
12476 static void
12477 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12478 {
12479 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12480
12481 dont_repeat ();
12482
12483 if (arg == 0)
12484 {
12485 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
12486
12487 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
12488 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
12489 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
12490 argument. */
12491 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12492 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12493 {
12494 breaks_to_delete = 1;
12495 break;
12496 }
12497
12498 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12499 if (!from_tty
12500 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
12501 {
12502 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12503 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12504 delete_breakpoint (b);
12505 }
12506 }
12507 else
12508 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12509 }
12510
12511 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
12512
12513 static void
12514 trace_pass_set_count (struct breakpoint *bp, int count, int from_tty)
12515 {
12516 bp->pass_count = count;
12517 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (bp->number);
12518 if (from_tty)
12519 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
12520 bp->number, count);
12521 }
12522
12523 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
12524
12525 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
12526 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
12527 Also accepts special argument "all". */
12528
12529 static void
12530 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12531 {
12532 struct breakpoint *t1;
12533 unsigned int count;
12534
12535 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
12536 error (_("passcount command requires an "
12537 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
12538
12539 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
12540
12541 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
12542 args++;
12543
12544 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
12545 {
12546 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
12547 if (*args)
12548 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12549
12550 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t1)
12551 {
12552 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12553 }
12554 }
12555 else if (*args == '\0')
12556 {
12557 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
12558 if (t1)
12559 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12560 }
12561 else
12562 {
12563 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12564
12565 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12566 while (!state.finished)
12567 {
12568 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
12569 if (t1)
12570 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12571 }
12572 }
12573 }
12574
12575 struct breakpoint *
12576 get_tracepoint (int num)
12577 {
12578 struct breakpoint *t;
12579
12580 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12581 if (t->number == num)
12582 return t;
12583
12584 return NULL;
12585 }
12586
12587 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
12588 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
12589 reconnecting). */
12590
12591 struct breakpoint *
12592 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
12593 {
12594 struct breakpoint *t;
12595
12596 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12597 if (t->number_on_target == num)
12598 return t;
12599
12600 return NULL;
12601 }
12602
12603 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
12604 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
12605 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
12606 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
12607 struct breakpoint *
12608 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
12609 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
12610 int optional_p)
12611 {
12612 extern int tracepoint_count;
12613 struct breakpoint *t;
12614 int tpnum;
12615 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
12616
12617 if (state)
12618 {
12619 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
12620 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
12621 }
12622 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
12623 {
12624 if (optional_p)
12625 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
12626 else
12627 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
12628 }
12629 else
12630 tpnum = get_number (arg);
12631
12632 if (tpnum <= 0)
12633 {
12634 if (instring && *instring)
12635 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
12636 instring);
12637 else
12638 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
12639 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
12640 return NULL;
12641 }
12642
12643 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12644 if (t->number == tpnum)
12645 {
12646 return t;
12647 }
12648
12649 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
12650 return NULL;
12651 }
12652
12653 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
12654 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
12655 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
12656 non-zero. */
12657
12658 static void
12659 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
12660 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
12661 {
12662 struct breakpoint *tp;
12663 int any = 0;
12664 char *pathname;
12665 struct cleanup *cleanup;
12666 struct ui_file *fp;
12667 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
12668
12669 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
12670 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
12671
12672 /* See if we have anything to save. */
12673 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
12674 {
12675 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12676 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
12677 continue;
12678
12679 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12680 if (filter && !filter (tp))
12681 continue;
12682
12683 any = 1;
12684
12685 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
12686 {
12687 extra_trace_bits = 1;
12688
12689 /* We can stop searching. */
12690 break;
12691 }
12692 }
12693
12694 if (!any)
12695 {
12696 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
12697 return;
12698 }
12699
12700 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
12701 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
12702 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
12703 if (!fp)
12704 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
12705 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
12706 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
12707
12708 if (extra_trace_bits)
12709 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
12710
12711 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
12712 {
12713 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12714 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
12715 continue;
12716
12717 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12718 if (filter && !filter (tp))
12719 continue;
12720
12721 if (tp->ops != NULL && tp->ops->print_recreate != NULL)
12722 (tp->ops->print_recreate) (tp, fp);
12723 else
12724 {
12725 if (tp->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12726 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12727 if (tp->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12728 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12729 else if (tp->type == bp_tracepoint)
12730 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12731 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12732 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12733 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12734 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12735 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12736 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12737 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12738 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12739 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12740 else if (tp->type == bp_watchpoint)
12741 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
12742 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12743 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
12744 else if (tp->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12745 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
12746 else if (tp->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12747 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
12748 else
12749 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12750 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12751
12752 if (tp->exp_string)
12753 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->exp_string);
12754 else if (tp->addr_string)
12755 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12756 else
12757 {
12758 char tmp[40];
12759
12760 sprintf_vma (tmp, tp->loc->address);
12761 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " *0x%s", tmp);
12762 }
12763 }
12764
12765 if (tp->thread != -1)
12766 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", tp->thread);
12767
12768 if (tp->task != 0)
12769 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", tp->task);
12770
12771 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
12772
12773 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
12774 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
12775 instead. */
12776
12777 if (tp->cond_string)
12778 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
12779
12780 if (tp->ignore_count)
12781 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
12782
12783 if (tp->pass_count)
12784 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
12785
12786 if (tp->commands)
12787 {
12788 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
12789
12790 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
12791
12792 ui_out_redirect (uiout, fp);
12793 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12794 {
12795 print_command_lines (uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
12796 }
12797 ui_out_redirect (uiout, NULL);
12798
12799 if (ex.reason < 0)
12800 throw_exception (ex);
12801
12802 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
12803 }
12804
12805 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
12806 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
12807
12808 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
12809 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
12810 special, and not user visible. */
12811 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
12812 {
12813 struct bp_location *loc;
12814 int n = 1;
12815
12816 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
12817 if (!loc->enabled)
12818 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
12819 }
12820 }
12821
12822 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
12823 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
12824
12825 do_cleanups (cleanup);
12826 if (from_tty)
12827 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
12828 }
12829
12830 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
12831
12832 static void
12833 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12834 {
12835 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
12836 }
12837
12838 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
12839
12840 static void
12841 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12842 {
12843 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
12844 }
12845
12846 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
12847
12848 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
12849 all_tracepoints (void)
12850 {
12851 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
12852 struct breakpoint *tp;
12853
12854 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
12855 {
12856 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
12857 }
12858
12859 return tp_vec;
12860 }
12861
12862 \f
12863 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
12864 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
12865 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
12866 command. */
12867 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
12868 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
12869 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
12870 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
12871 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
12872 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
12873 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
12874 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
12875 \n\
12876 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
12877 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
12878 \n\
12879 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
12880 conditions are different.\n\
12881 \n\
12882 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
12883
12884 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
12885 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
12886
12887 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
12888 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
12889
12890 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
12891 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
12892 static void
12893 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
12894 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
12895 struct cmd_list_element *command),
12896 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12897 char *text, char *word),
12898 void *user_data_catch,
12899 void *user_data_tcatch)
12900 {
12901 struct cmd_list_element *command;
12902
12903 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
12904 &catch_cmdlist);
12905 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
12906 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
12907 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
12908
12909 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
12910 &tcatch_cmdlist);
12911 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
12912 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
12913 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
12914 }
12915
12916 static void
12917 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
12918 {
12919 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
12920 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
12921 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
12922 }
12923
12924 static void
12925 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12926 {
12927 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
12928 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
12929 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
12930 }
12931
12932 struct breakpoint *
12933 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
12934 void *data)
12935 {
12936 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12937
12938 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12939 {
12940 if ((*callback) (b, data))
12941 return b;
12942 }
12943
12944 return NULL;
12945 }
12946
12947 void
12948 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
12949 {
12950 struct cmd_list_element *c;
12951
12952 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
12953 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
12954 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
12955
12956 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
12957
12958 breakpoint_chain = 0;
12959 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
12960 before a breakpoint is set. */
12961 breakpoint_count = 0;
12962
12963 tracepoint_count = 0;
12964
12965 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
12966 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
12967 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
12968 if (xdb_commands)
12969 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
12970
12971 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
12972 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
12973 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
12974 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
12975 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
12976 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
12977 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
12978 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
12979
12980 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
12981 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
12982 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
12983 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
12984
12985 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
12986 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
12987 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
12988 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
12989 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
12990 \n"
12991 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
12992 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
12993
12994 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
12995 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
12996 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
12997 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
12998 \n"
12999 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13000 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13001
13002 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
13003 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13004 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13005 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13006 \n"
13007 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13008 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13009
13010 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13011 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13012 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13013 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13014 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13015 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13016 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13017 if (xdb_commands)
13018 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13019 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13020 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13021 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13022 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13023 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13024
13025 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13026
13027 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13028 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13029 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13030 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13031 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13032 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
13033
13034 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13035 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13036 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13037 &enablebreaklist);
13038
13039 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13040 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13041 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13042 &enablebreaklist);
13043
13044 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13045 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13046 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13047 &enablelist);
13048
13049 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13050 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13051 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13052 &enablelist);
13053
13054 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13055 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13056 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13057 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13058 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13059 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13060 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13061 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13062 if (xdb_commands)
13063 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13064 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13065 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13066 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13067 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13068
13069 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
13070 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13071 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13072 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13073 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13074 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13075 &disablelist);
13076
13077 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13078 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13079 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13080 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13081 \n\
13082 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13083 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13084 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
13085 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13086 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13087 if (xdb_commands)
13088 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13089 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13090 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13091 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13092
13093 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
13094 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13095 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13096 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13097 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13098 &deletelist);
13099
13100 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
13101 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13102 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13103 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13104 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13105 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13106 \n\
13107 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13108 is executing in.\n\
13109 \n\
13110 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13111 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
13112
13113 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
13114 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13115 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13116 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13117
13118 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
13119 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
13120 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
13121 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
13122
13123 if (xdb_commands)
13124 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
13125
13126 if (dbx_commands)
13127 {
13128 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
13129 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13130 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
13131 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
13132 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
13133 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
13134 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
13135 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
13136 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13137 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13138 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13139 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13140 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13141 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13142 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13143 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13144 \n\
13145 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13146 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13147 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13148 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13149 breakpoint set."));
13150 }
13151
13152 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
13153 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
13154 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13155 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13156 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13157 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13158 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13159 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13160 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13161 \n\
13162 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13163 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13164 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13165 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13166 breakpoint set."));
13167
13168 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
13169
13170 if (xdb_commands)
13171 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
13172 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13173 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13174 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13175 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13176 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13177 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13178 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13179 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13180 \n\
13181 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13182 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13183 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13184 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13185 breakpoint set."));
13186
13187 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
13188 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13189 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13190 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13191 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13192 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
13193 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
13194 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
13195 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
13196 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13197 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13198 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13199 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13200 \n\
13201 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13202 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13203 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13204 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13205 breakpoint set."),
13206 &maintenanceinfolist);
13207
13208 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
13209 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
13210 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
13211 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13212
13213 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
13214 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
13215 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
13216 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13217
13218 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
13219 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
13220 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
13221 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13222 catch_catch_command,
13223 NULL,
13224 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13225 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13226 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
13227 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
13228 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13229 catch_throw_command,
13230 NULL,
13231 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13232 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13233 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
13234 catch_fork_command_1,
13235 NULL,
13236 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
13237 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
13238 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
13239 catch_fork_command_1,
13240 NULL,
13241 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
13242 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
13243 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
13244 catch_exec_command_1,
13245 NULL,
13246 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13247 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13248 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
13249 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
13250 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
13251 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
13252 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
13253 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
13254 catch_syscall_command_1,
13255 catch_syscall_completer,
13256 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13257 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13258 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
13259 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
13260 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13261 catch_ada_exception_command,
13262 NULL,
13263 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13264 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13265 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
13266 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
13267 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13268 catch_assert_command,
13269 NULL,
13270 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13271 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13272
13273 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
13274 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13275 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13276 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13277 an expression changes.\n\
13278 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13279 the memory to which it refers."));
13280 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13281
13282 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
13283 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13284 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13285 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13286 an expression is read.\n\
13287 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13288 the memory to which it refers."));
13289 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13290
13291 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
13292 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13293 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13294 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13295 an expression is either read or written.\n\
13296 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13297 the memory to which it refers."));
13298 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13299
13300 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
13301 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
13302
13303 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
13304 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
13305 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
13306 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
13307 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13308 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13309 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
13310 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
13311 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
13312 hardware.)"),
13313 NULL,
13314 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
13315 &setlist, &showlist);
13316
13317 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
13318
13319 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
13320
13321 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
13322 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13323 \n"
13324 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
13325 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13326 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13327
13328 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
13329 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13330 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13331 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13332
13333 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
13334 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13335 \n"
13336 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
13337 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13338 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13339
13340 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
13341 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
13342 \n\
13343 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
13344 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
13345 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
13346 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
13347 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
13348 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
13349 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
13350 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
13351 the selected stack frame.\n\
13352 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
13353 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
13354 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
13355 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
13356 \n\
13357 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13358 \n\
13359 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13360 conditions are different.\n\
13361 \n\
13362 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
13363 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13364 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13365
13366 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
13367 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
13368 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
13369 last tracepoint set."));
13370
13371 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
13372
13373 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
13374 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
13375 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13376 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
13377 &deletelist);
13378
13379 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
13380 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
13381 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13382 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
13383 &disablelist);
13384 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
13385
13386 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
13387 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
13388 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13389 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
13390 &enablelist);
13391 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
13392
13393 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
13394 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
13395 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
13396 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
13397 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
13398
13399 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
13400 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
13401 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
13402 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13403
13404 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
13405 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
13406 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
13407 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
13408 session to restore them."),
13409 &save_cmdlist);
13410 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
13411
13412 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
13413 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
13414 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
13415 &save_cmdlist);
13416 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
13417
13418 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
13419 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
13420
13421 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
13422 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13423 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13424 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13425 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
13426 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
13427 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
13428 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13429 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13430 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13431 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
13432 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
13433
13434 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
13435 &pending_break_support, _("\
13436 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13437 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13438 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
13439 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
13440 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
13441 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
13442 NULL,
13443 show_pending_break_support,
13444 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13445 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13446
13447 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
13448
13449 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
13450 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
13451 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13452 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13453 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
13454 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
13455 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
13456 NULL,
13457 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
13458 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13459 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13460
13461 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
13462 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
13463 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13464 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13465 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
13466 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
13467 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
13468 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
13469 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
13470 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
13471 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
13472 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
13473 NULL,
13474 &show_always_inserted_mode,
13475 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13476 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13477
13478 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
13479 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
13480 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
13481 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
13482 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
13483 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
13484 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
13485 or the start of the range\n\
13486 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
13487 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
13488 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
13489 \n\
13490 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
13491 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
13492 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
13493
13494 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
13495
13496 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
13497 }
This page took 0.345083 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.